Pleural Effusion with IFNα for HCV

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 01/02/2017 - 19:34
Display Headline
Pleural effusion associated with pegylated interferon alpha and ribavirin treatment for chronic hepatitis C

Case Report

A 52‐year‐old woman with chronic hepatitis C was admitted with complaints of dry cough, shortness of breath, and fever. Four days prior to admission, she had successfully finished a 44‐week course of pegylated interferon (IFN) alpha and ribavirin with undetectable viral load on completion of treatment. At 30 weeks, she had developed a dry cough, which she initially ignored. Three weeks later, as a result of a violent coughing episode, she sustained a spontaneous uncomplicated fracture of the left sixth rib. Chest x‐ray at that time did not show an infiltrate or opacity. She continued treatment, and over the next 6 weeks developed progressive dyspnea on exertion. Five days prior to admission, she had developed fever of 101F. Repeat chest x‐ray revealed a left lingular infiltrate and she was prescribed levofloxacin. Her symptoms failed to improve and she was admitted to the hospital.

On admission, she denied expectoration, sore throat, night sweats, or rashes. She also denied tobacco use, pets at home, or recent travel outside the Midwest. Examination revealed a temperature of 99.4F and decreased breath sounds over the left lower chest. Chest x‐ray revealed left‐sided pleural effusion. D‐dimer was negative. Computed tomography (CT) scan of the chest showed a left lingular infiltrate, right lower lobe ground‐glass opacity, and a moderately‐sized left pleural effusion. Azithromycin, piperacillin/tazobactam, and vancomycin were empirically started. Over the next 36 hours, she became increasingly tachypneic and short of breath. A diagnostic and therapeutic thoracentesis with aspiration of 800 mL of light‐yellow‐colored fluid brought symptomatic relief. Pleural fluid analysis revealed an exudative effusion with 3.8 gm/dL of protein (serum protein = 6.2 gm/dL), lactic dehydrogenase (LDH) of 998 IU/L (serum LDH = 293 IU/L), and normal adenosine deaminase. The cell count was 362 per mm3 with 37% lymphocytes, 32% macrophages, 26% neutrophils, and 1% eosinophils. There were no atypical or malignant cells. Bacterial, fungal, viral, acid‐fast stains and cultures, and polymerase chain reaction (PCR) for Mycobacterium tuberculosis were all negative. An echocardiogram and plasma B‐type natriuretic peptide were normal.

Serum antinuclear and antineutrophilic cytoplasmic antibodies, Bordetella pertussis PCR, serologies for Mycoplasma, Chlamydia, Coxiella, and urinary antigens for Legionella and Blastomyces were all negative. Bronchoscopy with bronchoalveolar lavage (BAL) was performed on hospital day 5. BAL stains and cultures for bacteria, fungi, acid‐fast organisms, Cytomegalovirus, Herpes simplex virus, Legionella, and Pneumocystis were negative. Cytology revealed mild acute inflammation with macrophage predominance and no malignant cells.

Repeat CT scan of the chest on day 6 showed bilateral ground‐glass infiltrates and persistent left pleural effusion (Figure 1). In the absence of an identifiable cause, the patient was diagnosed with interstitial pneumonitis and pleural effusion secondary to pegylated IFN alpha and ribavirin. Treatment with steroids was considered, but was not used due to recent successful suppression of hepatitis C. She was discharged with continued close follow‐up. Her fever gradually subsided over the next 2 weeks and her cough continued to improve over the next 6 weeks. Follow‐up CT scan of the chest 3 months after discharge showed complete resolution of the left pleural effusion and near‐resolution of the bilateral basal infiltrates.

Figure 1
Repeat CT scan of the chest on day 6 showed bilateral ground‐glass infiltrates and persistent left pleural effusion.

Discussion

Use of IFN alpha has been associated with multiple forms of lung toxicity, of which interstitial pneumonitis and granulomatous inflammation resembling sarcoidosis are the most common. Unusual forms include isolated nonproductive cough, exacerbation of asthma, organizing pneumonia, pleural effusion, adult respiratory distress syndrome, and exacerbation of vasculitis.1 Reports of adverse pulmonary effects of ribavirin are sparse, and it has not been implicated as a sole etiologic agent in causing lung toxicity. It is therefore likely that pulmonary toxicity observed in patients with hepatitis C virus (HCV) infection undergoing IFN alpha and ribavirin therapy is due to the IFN.

Pleural effusion may accompany the IFN‐induced capillary leak syndrome.2

There have been only 2 other cases of pleural effusion during treatment with IFN alpha described to date.3, 4 Takeda et al.3 described a 54‐year‐old male who was accidentally detected to have a moderate‐sized right pleural effusion on magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) of the abdomen, 14 days after therapy with recombinant IFN alpha was initiated. The pleural fluid was a lymphocyte‐predominant exudate and resolved approximately 4 months after discontinuation of IFN treatment. Tsushima et al.4 reported bilateral pleural effusions and ground‐glass opacities in a patient treated with IFN for metastatic renal cell cancer that resolved following a course of steroids.

IFN‐related pulmonary toxicity has been reported to typically develop between 2 and 16 weeks of treatment. Our patient had a delayed onset of symptoms at 30 weeks and progressed on to develop left pleural effusion and pulmonary infiltrates by the time she finished 44 weeks of treatment. We ruled out infectious, malignant, cardiac, and autoimmune causes, which often present in a similar fashion.

BAL fluid cytology in our patient revealed predominant macrophages. Yamaguchi et al., in their analysis of BAL fluid in patients with hepatitis C, demonstrated increased macrophages (76% and 77.5%) and lymphocytes (19.8% and 18.8%) before and after treatment with IFN alpha, respectively.

The cornerstone of management of lung toxicity due to IFN is to diminish or stop use of the offending agent. Our patient demonstrated complete recovery of symptoms and radiological resolution within 3 months of completion of IFN therapy, without corticosteroid therapy. Although corticosteroid regimes of 6 to 12 months have been used to manage IFN related lung toxicity, most patients recover without them.6 Moreover, corticosteroids have been implicated in the recurrence of hepatitis C.

We believe that our patient's pathology is most consistent with lung and pleural toxicity temporally related to IFN treatment. Through our case report, we bring to attention this infrequent complication, and emphasize its self‐limited course upon withdrawal of the offending agent.

Acknowledgements

The authors thank Dr. Philippe Camus, Hpital Le Bocage, Dijon, France, for his invaluable suggestions and for reviewing this case report prior to submission.

References
  1. Foucher P,Camus P.Groupe d'Etudes de la Pathologie Pulmonaire Iatrogène (GEPPI). Pneumotox Online. The drug‐induced lung diseases. Available at: http://www.pneumotox.com. Accessed February 2009.
  2. Carson JJ,Gold LH,Barton AB, et al.Fatality and interferon alpha for malignant melanoma.Lancet.1998;352(9138):14431444.
  3. Takeda A,Ikegame K,Kimura Y, et al.Pleural effusion during interferon treatment for chronic hepatitis C.Hepatogastroenterology.2000;47(35):14311435.
  4. Tsushima K,Yamaguchi S,Furihata K, et al.A case of renal cell carcinoma complicated with interstitial pneumonitis, complete A‐V block and pleural effusion during interferon‐alpha therapy.Nihon Kokyuki Gakkai Zasshi.2001;39:893898.
  5. Yamaguchi S,Kobo K,Fujimoto K, et al.Analysis of bronchoalveolar lavage fluid of patients with chronic hepatitis c before and after treatment with interferon alpha.Thorax.1997;52:3337.
  6. Midturi J,Sierra‐Hoffman M,Hurley D, et al.Spectrum of pulmonary toxicity associated with the use of interferon therapy for hepatitis C: case report and review of the literature.Clin Infect Dis.2004;39:17241729.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(7)
Page Number
E45-E46
Legacy Keywords
hepatitis C, interferon alpha, lung toxicity, pleural effusion, ribavirin
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

Case Report

A 52‐year‐old woman with chronic hepatitis C was admitted with complaints of dry cough, shortness of breath, and fever. Four days prior to admission, she had successfully finished a 44‐week course of pegylated interferon (IFN) alpha and ribavirin with undetectable viral load on completion of treatment. At 30 weeks, she had developed a dry cough, which she initially ignored. Three weeks later, as a result of a violent coughing episode, she sustained a spontaneous uncomplicated fracture of the left sixth rib. Chest x‐ray at that time did not show an infiltrate or opacity. She continued treatment, and over the next 6 weeks developed progressive dyspnea on exertion. Five days prior to admission, she had developed fever of 101F. Repeat chest x‐ray revealed a left lingular infiltrate and she was prescribed levofloxacin. Her symptoms failed to improve and she was admitted to the hospital.

On admission, she denied expectoration, sore throat, night sweats, or rashes. She also denied tobacco use, pets at home, or recent travel outside the Midwest. Examination revealed a temperature of 99.4F and decreased breath sounds over the left lower chest. Chest x‐ray revealed left‐sided pleural effusion. D‐dimer was negative. Computed tomography (CT) scan of the chest showed a left lingular infiltrate, right lower lobe ground‐glass opacity, and a moderately‐sized left pleural effusion. Azithromycin, piperacillin/tazobactam, and vancomycin were empirically started. Over the next 36 hours, she became increasingly tachypneic and short of breath. A diagnostic and therapeutic thoracentesis with aspiration of 800 mL of light‐yellow‐colored fluid brought symptomatic relief. Pleural fluid analysis revealed an exudative effusion with 3.8 gm/dL of protein (serum protein = 6.2 gm/dL), lactic dehydrogenase (LDH) of 998 IU/L (serum LDH = 293 IU/L), and normal adenosine deaminase. The cell count was 362 per mm3 with 37% lymphocytes, 32% macrophages, 26% neutrophils, and 1% eosinophils. There were no atypical or malignant cells. Bacterial, fungal, viral, acid‐fast stains and cultures, and polymerase chain reaction (PCR) for Mycobacterium tuberculosis were all negative. An echocardiogram and plasma B‐type natriuretic peptide were normal.

Serum antinuclear and antineutrophilic cytoplasmic antibodies, Bordetella pertussis PCR, serologies for Mycoplasma, Chlamydia, Coxiella, and urinary antigens for Legionella and Blastomyces were all negative. Bronchoscopy with bronchoalveolar lavage (BAL) was performed on hospital day 5. BAL stains and cultures for bacteria, fungi, acid‐fast organisms, Cytomegalovirus, Herpes simplex virus, Legionella, and Pneumocystis were negative. Cytology revealed mild acute inflammation with macrophage predominance and no malignant cells.

Repeat CT scan of the chest on day 6 showed bilateral ground‐glass infiltrates and persistent left pleural effusion (Figure 1). In the absence of an identifiable cause, the patient was diagnosed with interstitial pneumonitis and pleural effusion secondary to pegylated IFN alpha and ribavirin. Treatment with steroids was considered, but was not used due to recent successful suppression of hepatitis C. She was discharged with continued close follow‐up. Her fever gradually subsided over the next 2 weeks and her cough continued to improve over the next 6 weeks. Follow‐up CT scan of the chest 3 months after discharge showed complete resolution of the left pleural effusion and near‐resolution of the bilateral basal infiltrates.

Figure 1
Repeat CT scan of the chest on day 6 showed bilateral ground‐glass infiltrates and persistent left pleural effusion.

Discussion

Use of IFN alpha has been associated with multiple forms of lung toxicity, of which interstitial pneumonitis and granulomatous inflammation resembling sarcoidosis are the most common. Unusual forms include isolated nonproductive cough, exacerbation of asthma, organizing pneumonia, pleural effusion, adult respiratory distress syndrome, and exacerbation of vasculitis.1 Reports of adverse pulmonary effects of ribavirin are sparse, and it has not been implicated as a sole etiologic agent in causing lung toxicity. It is therefore likely that pulmonary toxicity observed in patients with hepatitis C virus (HCV) infection undergoing IFN alpha and ribavirin therapy is due to the IFN.

Pleural effusion may accompany the IFN‐induced capillary leak syndrome.2

There have been only 2 other cases of pleural effusion during treatment with IFN alpha described to date.3, 4 Takeda et al.3 described a 54‐year‐old male who was accidentally detected to have a moderate‐sized right pleural effusion on magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) of the abdomen, 14 days after therapy with recombinant IFN alpha was initiated. The pleural fluid was a lymphocyte‐predominant exudate and resolved approximately 4 months after discontinuation of IFN treatment. Tsushima et al.4 reported bilateral pleural effusions and ground‐glass opacities in a patient treated with IFN for metastatic renal cell cancer that resolved following a course of steroids.

IFN‐related pulmonary toxicity has been reported to typically develop between 2 and 16 weeks of treatment. Our patient had a delayed onset of symptoms at 30 weeks and progressed on to develop left pleural effusion and pulmonary infiltrates by the time she finished 44 weeks of treatment. We ruled out infectious, malignant, cardiac, and autoimmune causes, which often present in a similar fashion.

BAL fluid cytology in our patient revealed predominant macrophages. Yamaguchi et al., in their analysis of BAL fluid in patients with hepatitis C, demonstrated increased macrophages (76% and 77.5%) and lymphocytes (19.8% and 18.8%) before and after treatment with IFN alpha, respectively.

The cornerstone of management of lung toxicity due to IFN is to diminish or stop use of the offending agent. Our patient demonstrated complete recovery of symptoms and radiological resolution within 3 months of completion of IFN therapy, without corticosteroid therapy. Although corticosteroid regimes of 6 to 12 months have been used to manage IFN related lung toxicity, most patients recover without them.6 Moreover, corticosteroids have been implicated in the recurrence of hepatitis C.

We believe that our patient's pathology is most consistent with lung and pleural toxicity temporally related to IFN treatment. Through our case report, we bring to attention this infrequent complication, and emphasize its self‐limited course upon withdrawal of the offending agent.

Acknowledgements

The authors thank Dr. Philippe Camus, Hpital Le Bocage, Dijon, France, for his invaluable suggestions and for reviewing this case report prior to submission.

Case Report

A 52‐year‐old woman with chronic hepatitis C was admitted with complaints of dry cough, shortness of breath, and fever. Four days prior to admission, she had successfully finished a 44‐week course of pegylated interferon (IFN) alpha and ribavirin with undetectable viral load on completion of treatment. At 30 weeks, she had developed a dry cough, which she initially ignored. Three weeks later, as a result of a violent coughing episode, she sustained a spontaneous uncomplicated fracture of the left sixth rib. Chest x‐ray at that time did not show an infiltrate or opacity. She continued treatment, and over the next 6 weeks developed progressive dyspnea on exertion. Five days prior to admission, she had developed fever of 101F. Repeat chest x‐ray revealed a left lingular infiltrate and she was prescribed levofloxacin. Her symptoms failed to improve and she was admitted to the hospital.

On admission, she denied expectoration, sore throat, night sweats, or rashes. She also denied tobacco use, pets at home, or recent travel outside the Midwest. Examination revealed a temperature of 99.4F and decreased breath sounds over the left lower chest. Chest x‐ray revealed left‐sided pleural effusion. D‐dimer was negative. Computed tomography (CT) scan of the chest showed a left lingular infiltrate, right lower lobe ground‐glass opacity, and a moderately‐sized left pleural effusion. Azithromycin, piperacillin/tazobactam, and vancomycin were empirically started. Over the next 36 hours, she became increasingly tachypneic and short of breath. A diagnostic and therapeutic thoracentesis with aspiration of 800 mL of light‐yellow‐colored fluid brought symptomatic relief. Pleural fluid analysis revealed an exudative effusion with 3.8 gm/dL of protein (serum protein = 6.2 gm/dL), lactic dehydrogenase (LDH) of 998 IU/L (serum LDH = 293 IU/L), and normal adenosine deaminase. The cell count was 362 per mm3 with 37% lymphocytes, 32% macrophages, 26% neutrophils, and 1% eosinophils. There were no atypical or malignant cells. Bacterial, fungal, viral, acid‐fast stains and cultures, and polymerase chain reaction (PCR) for Mycobacterium tuberculosis were all negative. An echocardiogram and plasma B‐type natriuretic peptide were normal.

Serum antinuclear and antineutrophilic cytoplasmic antibodies, Bordetella pertussis PCR, serologies for Mycoplasma, Chlamydia, Coxiella, and urinary antigens for Legionella and Blastomyces were all negative. Bronchoscopy with bronchoalveolar lavage (BAL) was performed on hospital day 5. BAL stains and cultures for bacteria, fungi, acid‐fast organisms, Cytomegalovirus, Herpes simplex virus, Legionella, and Pneumocystis were negative. Cytology revealed mild acute inflammation with macrophage predominance and no malignant cells.

Repeat CT scan of the chest on day 6 showed bilateral ground‐glass infiltrates and persistent left pleural effusion (Figure 1). In the absence of an identifiable cause, the patient was diagnosed with interstitial pneumonitis and pleural effusion secondary to pegylated IFN alpha and ribavirin. Treatment with steroids was considered, but was not used due to recent successful suppression of hepatitis C. She was discharged with continued close follow‐up. Her fever gradually subsided over the next 2 weeks and her cough continued to improve over the next 6 weeks. Follow‐up CT scan of the chest 3 months after discharge showed complete resolution of the left pleural effusion and near‐resolution of the bilateral basal infiltrates.

Figure 1
Repeat CT scan of the chest on day 6 showed bilateral ground‐glass infiltrates and persistent left pleural effusion.

Discussion

Use of IFN alpha has been associated with multiple forms of lung toxicity, of which interstitial pneumonitis and granulomatous inflammation resembling sarcoidosis are the most common. Unusual forms include isolated nonproductive cough, exacerbation of asthma, organizing pneumonia, pleural effusion, adult respiratory distress syndrome, and exacerbation of vasculitis.1 Reports of adverse pulmonary effects of ribavirin are sparse, and it has not been implicated as a sole etiologic agent in causing lung toxicity. It is therefore likely that pulmonary toxicity observed in patients with hepatitis C virus (HCV) infection undergoing IFN alpha and ribavirin therapy is due to the IFN.

Pleural effusion may accompany the IFN‐induced capillary leak syndrome.2

There have been only 2 other cases of pleural effusion during treatment with IFN alpha described to date.3, 4 Takeda et al.3 described a 54‐year‐old male who was accidentally detected to have a moderate‐sized right pleural effusion on magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) of the abdomen, 14 days after therapy with recombinant IFN alpha was initiated. The pleural fluid was a lymphocyte‐predominant exudate and resolved approximately 4 months after discontinuation of IFN treatment. Tsushima et al.4 reported bilateral pleural effusions and ground‐glass opacities in a patient treated with IFN for metastatic renal cell cancer that resolved following a course of steroids.

IFN‐related pulmonary toxicity has been reported to typically develop between 2 and 16 weeks of treatment. Our patient had a delayed onset of symptoms at 30 weeks and progressed on to develop left pleural effusion and pulmonary infiltrates by the time she finished 44 weeks of treatment. We ruled out infectious, malignant, cardiac, and autoimmune causes, which often present in a similar fashion.

BAL fluid cytology in our patient revealed predominant macrophages. Yamaguchi et al., in their analysis of BAL fluid in patients with hepatitis C, demonstrated increased macrophages (76% and 77.5%) and lymphocytes (19.8% and 18.8%) before and after treatment with IFN alpha, respectively.

The cornerstone of management of lung toxicity due to IFN is to diminish or stop use of the offending agent. Our patient demonstrated complete recovery of symptoms and radiological resolution within 3 months of completion of IFN therapy, without corticosteroid therapy. Although corticosteroid regimes of 6 to 12 months have been used to manage IFN related lung toxicity, most patients recover without them.6 Moreover, corticosteroids have been implicated in the recurrence of hepatitis C.

We believe that our patient's pathology is most consistent with lung and pleural toxicity temporally related to IFN treatment. Through our case report, we bring to attention this infrequent complication, and emphasize its self‐limited course upon withdrawal of the offending agent.

Acknowledgements

The authors thank Dr. Philippe Camus, Hpital Le Bocage, Dijon, France, for his invaluable suggestions and for reviewing this case report prior to submission.

References
  1. Foucher P,Camus P.Groupe d'Etudes de la Pathologie Pulmonaire Iatrogène (GEPPI). Pneumotox Online. The drug‐induced lung diseases. Available at: http://www.pneumotox.com. Accessed February 2009.
  2. Carson JJ,Gold LH,Barton AB, et al.Fatality and interferon alpha for malignant melanoma.Lancet.1998;352(9138):14431444.
  3. Takeda A,Ikegame K,Kimura Y, et al.Pleural effusion during interferon treatment for chronic hepatitis C.Hepatogastroenterology.2000;47(35):14311435.
  4. Tsushima K,Yamaguchi S,Furihata K, et al.A case of renal cell carcinoma complicated with interstitial pneumonitis, complete A‐V block and pleural effusion during interferon‐alpha therapy.Nihon Kokyuki Gakkai Zasshi.2001;39:893898.
  5. Yamaguchi S,Kobo K,Fujimoto K, et al.Analysis of bronchoalveolar lavage fluid of patients with chronic hepatitis c before and after treatment with interferon alpha.Thorax.1997;52:3337.
  6. Midturi J,Sierra‐Hoffman M,Hurley D, et al.Spectrum of pulmonary toxicity associated with the use of interferon therapy for hepatitis C: case report and review of the literature.Clin Infect Dis.2004;39:17241729.
References
  1. Foucher P,Camus P.Groupe d'Etudes de la Pathologie Pulmonaire Iatrogène (GEPPI). Pneumotox Online. The drug‐induced lung diseases. Available at: http://www.pneumotox.com. Accessed February 2009.
  2. Carson JJ,Gold LH,Barton AB, et al.Fatality and interferon alpha for malignant melanoma.Lancet.1998;352(9138):14431444.
  3. Takeda A,Ikegame K,Kimura Y, et al.Pleural effusion during interferon treatment for chronic hepatitis C.Hepatogastroenterology.2000;47(35):14311435.
  4. Tsushima K,Yamaguchi S,Furihata K, et al.A case of renal cell carcinoma complicated with interstitial pneumonitis, complete A‐V block and pleural effusion during interferon‐alpha therapy.Nihon Kokyuki Gakkai Zasshi.2001;39:893898.
  5. Yamaguchi S,Kobo K,Fujimoto K, et al.Analysis of bronchoalveolar lavage fluid of patients with chronic hepatitis c before and after treatment with interferon alpha.Thorax.1997;52:3337.
  6. Midturi J,Sierra‐Hoffman M,Hurley D, et al.Spectrum of pulmonary toxicity associated with the use of interferon therapy for hepatitis C: case report and review of the literature.Clin Infect Dis.2004;39:17241729.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(7)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(7)
Page Number
E45-E46
Page Number
E45-E46
Article Type
Display Headline
Pleural effusion associated with pegylated interferon alpha and ribavirin treatment for chronic hepatitis C
Display Headline
Pleural effusion associated with pegylated interferon alpha and ribavirin treatment for chronic hepatitis C
Legacy Keywords
hepatitis C, interferon alpha, lung toxicity, pleural effusion, ribavirin
Legacy Keywords
hepatitis C, interferon alpha, lung toxicity, pleural effusion, ribavirin
Sections
Article Source
Copyright © 2009 Society of Hospital Medicine
Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Division of Pulmonary and Critical Care Medicine, NorthShore University HealthSystem, 2650 Ridge Avenue, Evanston, IL 60201
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media

Trends in Catheter Ablation for AF

Article Type
Changed
Sun, 05/28/2017 - 21:24
Display Headline
Trends in catheter ablation for atrial fibrillation in the United States

Atrial fibrillation (AF), the most common clinically significant cardiac arrhythmia, affects over 2.3 million people in the United States.1 AF is associated with an increased risk of stroke and heart failure and independently increases the risk of all cause mortality.26 As such, AF confers a staggering healthcare cost burden.7, 8 Pharmacologic treatments to restore sinus rhythm in patients with AF are associated with a considerable relapse rate911 and the development of nonpharmacologic treatments for AF, such as catheter ablation procedures,1214 may be significantly more successful in restoring and maintaining sinus rhythm.15, 16 Despite relatively poor results from early catheter ablation techniques, the practice has evolved and boasts short‐term success rates as high as 73% to 91% depending on the specific type of procedure.17

In light of the success of ablative therapy, this approach, which was once used primarily in younger patients with structurally intact hearts, has been expanded to include more medically complex patients, including elderly patients, those with cardiomyopathy, and those with implanted devices.16, 18 At the same time, catheter ablation is not without complications, with major complications observed in up to 6% of cases,19 and significant costs.20 Moreover, while the most optimistic randomized control data demonstrate the ability of catheter ablation to prevent the recurrence of AF at 1 year,12, 21, 22 long‐term outcome data are lacking, particularly in patients older than 65 years or those with heart failure.17, 23

The encouraging results supporting catheter ablation continue to stimulate the utilization of catheter ablation practices and spur innovations in ablation techniques.24 The American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association/European Society of Cardiology consensus guidelines recommend consideration of ablative therapy in many instances of AF.17 AF is primarily a disease of older adults25 and although most studies have focused on younger individuals,26 it is possible that increasing numbers of older patients are receiving ablation therapy.16 Although single center studies are available,16 there are few data about the characteristics of patients undergoing ablative therapy on a national level. In order to better understand the current use of catheter ablation treatment for AF, we analyzed data from the National Hospital Discharge Survey (NHDS) to explore trends in patient characteristics and rates of ablation procedures in hospitalized patients with AF from the years 1990 to 2005.

Methods

The NHDS is a nationally representative study of hospitalized patients conducted annually by the National Center for Health Statistics,27 which collects data from approximately 270,000 inpatient records using a representative sample of about 500 short‐stay nonfederal hospitals in the United States. Data for each patient are obtained for age, sex, hospital geographic region (Northeast, Midwest, South, West), and hospital bed size, as well as up to 7 diagnostic codes and 4 procedural codes using the International Classification of Diseases, 9th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD‐9‐CM). Of note, data on race/ethnicity were not consistently coded in the NHDS and are therefore not included in this analysis.

We searched for all patients age 18 years or older who had an ICD‐9‐CM diagnosis of AF (427.31). Of these patients, we then identified those who had a procedure code for nonsurgical ablation of lesions or tissues of the heart via peripherally‐inserted catheter or an endovascular approach (37.34). We also searched for specific ICD‐9‐CM‐coded diagnoses corresponding to higher stroke risk according to the (CHADS2) risk index,28 where 1 point is assigned for congestive heart failure, hypertension, age >75 years, or diabetes mellitus, and 2 points for prior stroke or transient ischemic attack. We calculated a CHADS2 score for each patient.

Statistical Analysis

Ablation rates were calculated as the number of patients with a diagnosis of AF and a code for catheter ablation divided by all patients with AF. The change in ablation rate over time was determined using simple logistic regression. Differences in ablation rates by patient and hospital characteristics were tested using chi‐square tests for categorical variables and t‐tests for continuous variables. All variables that were tested in univariate analysis (age, sex, insurance status, year of procedure, hospital region, hospital bed‐size, and CHADS2 score) were forced into the final multivariable model examining predictors of ablation. The fit of the final model was tested using the Hosmer‐Lemeshow test for goodness‐of‐fit. Nationally representative estimates were calculated from the sample weights provided by the NHDS to account for the complex sampling design of the survey. All analyses were conducted using SAS Version 9.1 (SAS Institute, Inc., Cary, NC).

Results

From 1990 to 2005, we identified 269,471 hospitalizations in the NHDS with a diagnosis of AF, of which 1,144 (0.42%) had a procedure code for catheter ablation. When extrapolated to national estimates, this corresponds to 32 million hospitalizations of patients with AF in the United States during the time period, of which 133,003 underwent ablation. The proportion of patients with AF who had ablation increased significantly over time, from 0.06% in 1990 to 0.79% in 2005 (P < 0.001 for trend; Figure 1).

Figure 1
Overall rate of catheter ablation procedures in 269,471 hospitalizations of patients with atrial fibrillation from 1990 to 2005.

On univariate analysis, people with AF undergoing ablation were on average younger and more likely to be male than those who did not have ablation (Table 1). The rate of catheter ablation was higher in patients younger than 50 years (1.75%) compared to 0.55% in patients aged 50 to 79 years, and 0.16% in patients aged 80 years or older. However, ablation rates increased significantly in all age groups over time, with no one age group increasing at a significantly faster rate than the others (P value for interaction between age categories and hospitalization year = 0.7; Figure 2). People undergoing ablation tended to have lower CHADS2 stroke risk scores and fewer risk factors for stroke, including heart failure, coronary artery disease, and diabetes mellitus (Table 1).

Figure 2
The rate of catheter ablation procedures in 269,471 hospitalizations of patients with atrial fibrillation from 1990 to 2005, stratified by patient age.
Characteristics of 269,471 Hospitalizations with Atrial Fibrillation, Stratified by Catheter Ablation Procedure During Hospitalization
CharacteristicAblation (n = 1,144)No Ablation (n = 268,327)P Value
  • Abbreviation: CI, confidence interval.

Age (years), mean (95% CI)66.0 (65.2‐66.8)75.9 (75.8‐75.9)<0.001
Male (%)56.643.4<0.001
Insurance (%)  <0.001
Private22.110.9 
Medicare56.578.2 
Medicaid2.22.5 
Self‐pay0.71.2 
Other/unknown18.57.2 
Region (%)  <0.001
West14.511.8 
Midwest23.431.6 
Northeast23.725.4 
South39.331.2 
Hospital bed size (%)  <0.001
6‐991.212.7 
100‐1996.622.3 
200‐29917.423.8 
300‐49935.529.3 
500+39.312.0 
CHADS2 score, mean (95% CI)1.0 (0.9‐1.0)1.5 (1.5‐1.5)<0.001
CHADS2 = 0 (%)36.515.7<0.001
Comorbid conditions   
Heart failure (%)26.838.2<0.001
Coronary artery disease (%)25.432.7<0.001
Hypertension (%)30.829.20.24
Diabetes mellitus (%)11.414.50.003
Length of stay (days), mean (95% CI)5.1 (4.7‐5.5)7.4 (7.3‐7.4)<0.001
Discharge status (%)  <0.001
Home88.858.7 
Short‐term skilled facility0.84.06 
Long‐term skilled facility4.018.3 
Inpatient death1.06.7 
Alive but status unknown5.010.9 

People who underwent ablation were more likely to have private insurance as their primary source of payment and less likely to have Medicare (Table 1). Ablation rates were higher among patients with AF hospitalized in the Western and Southern regions of the United States (0.52% and 0.53%, respectively), compared to rates in the Midwest (0.30%) and Northeast (0.40%). Hospital bed‐size was significantly related to the frequency of ablation, with the overall rate of ablation in patients with AF being 0.04% in hospitals with 6 to 99 beds compared to 1.37% in hospitals with at least 500 beds (P < 0.001). Length of stay was shorter in patients with ablations compared to patients without ablation therapy, and patients with ablation were more likely to be discharged home (Table 1). The inpatient mortality rate in patients undergoing ablation was quite low (0.96%).

In multivariate analysis, the likelihood of ablation therapy in a hospitalized patient with AF increased by 15% per year (95% confidence interval [CI], 13%‐16%) over the time period, adjusted for clinical and hospital characteristics. The likelihood of ablation decreased with older age (adjusted odds ratio [aOR], 0.7 [95% CI, 0.6‐0.7] for each decade of age over 50 years) and for each 1‐point increase in CHADS2 score (aOR, 0.7 [95% CI, 0.7‐0.8]). Ablation was significantly more likely to be performed in hospitals with larger bed‐sizes (aOR, 27.4 [95% CI, 16.1‐46.6] comparing bed‐size of 500+ to bed‐size of 6 to 99) and in patients with private insurance (aOR, 1.4 [95% CI, 1.2‐1.6]; Table 2). The goodness‐of‐fit of the model was appropriate, with a nonsignificant Hosmer‐Lemeshow test P value of 0.13.

Multivariable Adjusted Predictors of Catheter Ablation in Hospitalized Patients with Atrial Fibrillation
CharacteristicAdjusted Odds Ratio (95 % CI)
All Patients (n = 269,471)Subset* (n = 246,402)
  • Subset of patients who had no other code for cardiac arrhythmias.

Age (per decade over 50 years)0.67 (0.64‐0.71)0.69 (0.64‐0.74)
Male1.0 (0.91‐1.2)0.88 (0.75‐1.0)
Insurance  
PrivateRefRef
Not private0.73 (0.63‐0.85)0.70 (0.58‐0.86)
Other/unknown0.71 (0.38‐1.4)0.93 (0.45‐1.9)
Region  
NortheastRefRef
West1.4 (1.2‐1.8)1.2 (0.95‐1.6)
Midwest0.84 (0.71‐1.0)0.81 (0.65‐1.0)
South1.3 (1.1‐1.5)1.1 (0.94‐1.4)
Hospital bed size  
6‐99RefRef
100‐1992.8 (1.6‐4.9)5.0 (2.1‐11.5)
200‐2996.8 (4.0‐11.7)10.2 (4.5‐21.1)
300‐49911.1 (6.5‐19.0)16.6 (7.4‐37.3)
500+26.1 (15.3‐44.5)40.2 (17.9‐90.4)
CHADS2 score (per point increase)0.74 (0.69‐0.79)0.77 (0.71‐0.85)

To account for the possibility that the ablation procedure was not specifically for AF, we performed a subgroup analysis that excluded all patients who also had diagnostic codes for supraventricular or ventricular tachycardias (427.0, 427.1, 427.2, and 427.4), or atrial flutter (427.32). Of the 269,471 hospitalizations with AF, 23,069 (8.6%) had a code for an arrhythmia in addition to AF. When we excluded patients with other arrhythmias, we identified 691 patients who underwent ablation and who only had a diagnosis of AF. An analysis of this subset yielded results similar to the full analysis (Table 2). The likelihood of ablation therapy in this subset of patients with only AF increased by 14% per year (95% CI, 11%‐16%), adjusting for patient age, sex, insurance status, CHADS2 score, hospital region, and hospital bed‐size.

Discussion

The proportion of hospitalized patients with AF who undergo ablation therapy in the United States has been increasing by approximately 15% per year over the last 15 years. Patients receiving ablation therapy are more likely to be younger, have private insurance, and have fewer stroke risk factors. These demographics likely reflect the fact that these ablations are elective procedures that are preferentially performed in healthier, lower‐risk patients. Despite these preferences, the rate of ablation therapy has been increasing significantly across all age groups, even in the oldest patients.

Though limited by relatively short follow‐up data, published studies of ablation therapies for AF show promising results,17, 26 and initial cost analyses suggest possible fiscal benefits of ablation for AF.20 Despite a paucity of randomized clinical trials comparing ablation to pharmacologic rhythm and rate control, studies suggest that quality of life may be significantly improved with ablation as compared to antiarrhythmic drugs.21 This may be because ablation may reduce AF‐related symptoms.12 As ablation becomes more widespread and recommended, physicians, including hospitalists, may be increasingly likely to refer their patients for ablation, even for patient subgroups who were not well‐represented in clinical trial settings.

The inpatient mortality rate in patients undergoing ablation therapy was quite low in our study, although ablation is not without some risk of procedure‐related stroke and other complications.19 An analysis of the compiled studies on ablation for AF estimates that major complication such as cardiac tamponade or thromboembolism occur in as many as 7% of patients.26 Patients are at highest risk for embolic events, such as transient ischemic attacks or ischemic strokes, in the immediate hours to weeks after ablation. An estimated 5% to 25% of patients will develop a new arrhythmia at some point in the postablation period and other complications, including esophageal injury, phrenic nerve injury, groin hematoma, and retroperitoneal bleed, have been observed.26 Increasing comanagement of postablation patients will necessitate that hospitalists understand the potential complications of ablation as well as current strategies for bridging anticoagulation therapy.

Few data are available about the safety and efficacy of catheter ablation for patients over the age of 65 years. In fact, the mean age of patients enrolled in most clinical trials of catheter ablation was younger than 60 years.26, 29 There are also limited data about the long‐term efficacy of ablation therapy in patients with structural heart disease30; despite this, our study shows that a quarter of patients with AF undergoing ablation therapy in the United States have diagnosed heart failure. As always, the optimistic introduction of new technologies to unstudied patient populations carries the risk of unintended harm. Hospitalists are well situated to collect and analyze outcome data for older patients with multiple comorbidities and to provide real‐time monitoring of potential complications.

Few studies have focused on the demographic and comorbid characteristics of patients undergoing ablation for AF on a national level. One study examined characteristics of patients referred to a single academic center for AF ablation from 1999 to 2005 and found that referred patients have, over time, been older (mean age 47 years in 1999 versus 56 years in 2005), have more persistent AF, larger atria, and were more likely to have had a history of cardiomyopathy (0% in 1999 versus 16% in 2006).16 This study also reported that men were consistently more likely to be referred for ablation than women. These results are generally consistent with our findings.

Our study has several limitations. The exact indication and specific type of ablation were not available in the NHDS, and it is possible that the ablation procedure was for an arrhythmia other than AF. However, our analysis of the subset of patients who only had AF as a diagnosis yielded results similar to the full analysis. We were unable to assess specific efficacy or complication data, but mortality was low and patients tended to have short hospital stays. Because the NHDS samples random hospitalizations, it is possible that some patients were overrepresented in the database if they were repeatedly hospitalized in a single year. This could potentially bias our results toward an overestimate of the number of patients who receive ablation.

It remains unclear what proportion of AF ablation procedures occur in the outpatient versus inpatient setting. Inpatient versus outpatient status is not specified in the few single‐center ablation experiences reported in the literature,16 and the few trials reported are not reliable for determining practice in a nonstudy setting. The most recent (2006) Heart Rhythm Society/European Heart Rhythm Association/European Cardiac Arrhythmia Society Expert Consensus Statement on Catheter and Surgical Ablation of AF recommends aggressive anticoagulation in the periprocedure period with either heparin or low‐molecular‐weight heparins, followed by a bridge to warfarin.17 It makes intuitive sense that patients undergoing ablation for AF would be admitted at least overnight to bridge anticoagulation therapy and monitor for complications, but widespread use of low‐molecular‐weight heparin may make hospitalization less necessary. The observation that patients undergoing ablation had shorter hospital stays does not necessarily imply that ablation procedures shorten hospital stays. Rather, the data almost certainly reflect the fact that ablations are mostly elective procedures performed in the setting of planned short‐term admissions.

Our study provides important epidemiologic data about national trends in the use of ablation therapy in hospitalized patients with AF. We find that the rate of catheter ablation in patients with AF has been increasing significantly over time and across all age groups, including the oldest patients. As the proportion of patients with AF who receive ablation therapy continues to increase over time, comprehensive long‐term outcome data and cost‐effectiveness analyses will be important.

References
  1. Go AS,Hylek EM,Phillips KA, et al.Prevalence of diagnosed atrial fibrillation in adults: national implications for rhythm management and stroke prevention: the AnTicoagulation and Risk Factors in Atrial Fibrillation (ATRIA) Study.JAMA.2001;285(18):23702375.
  2. Atrial Fibrillation Investigators.Risk factors for stroke and efficacy of antithrombotic therapy in atrial fibrillation. Analysis of pooled data from five randomized controlled trials.Arch Intern Med.1994;154(13):14491457.
  3. Stewart S,Hart CL,Hole DJ,McMurray JJ.A population‐based study of the long‐term risks associated with atrial fibrillation: 20‐year follow‐up of the Renfrew/Paisley study.Am J Med.2002;113(5):359364.
  4. Krahn AD,Manfreda J,Tate RB,Mathewson FA,Cuddy TE.The natural history of atrial fibrillation: incidence, risk factors, and prognosis in the Manitoba Follow‐Up Study.Am J Med.1995;98(5):476484.
  5. Poole‐Wilson PA,Swedberg K,Cleland JG, et al.Comparison of carvedilol and metoprolol on clinical outcomes in patients with chronic heart failure in the Carvedilol Or Metoprolol European Trial (COMET): randomized controlled trial.Lancet.2003;362(9377):713.
  6. Maggioni AP,Latini R,Carson PE, et al.Valsartan reduces the incidence of atrial fibrillation in patients with heart failure: results from the Valsartan Heart Failure Trial (Val‐HeFT).Am Heart J.2005;149(3):548557.
  7. Wolf PA,Mitchell JB,Baker CS,Kannel WB,D'Agostino RB.Impact of atrial fibrillation on mortality, stroke, and medical costs.Arch Intern Med.1998;158(3):229234.
  8. Le Heuzey JY,Paziaud O,Piot O, et al.Cost of care distribution in atrial fibrillation patients: the COCAF study.Am Heart J.2004;147(1):121126.
  9. Crijns HJ,Van Gelder IC,Van Gilst WH,Hillege H,Gosselink AM,Lie KI.Serial antiarrhythmic drug treatment to maintain sinus rhythm after electrical cardioversion for chronic atrial fibrillation or atrial flutter.Am J Cardiol.1991;68(4):335341.
  10. Roy D,Talajic M,Dorian P, et al.Amiodarone to prevent recurrence of atrial fibrillation. Canadian Trial of Atrial Fibrillation Investigators.N Engl J Med.2000;342(13):913920.
  11. Van Gelder IC,Crijns HJ,Tieleman RG, et al.Chronic atrial fibrillation. Success of serial cardioversion therapy and safety of oral anticoagulation.Arch Intern Med.1996;156(22):25852592.
  12. Oral H,Pappone C,Chugh A, et al.Circumferential pulmonary‐vein ablation for chronic atrial fibrillation.N Engl J Med.2006;354(9):934941.
  13. Chugh A,Morady F.Atrial fibrillation: catheter ablation.J Interv Card Electrophysiol.2006;16(1):1526.
  14. Packer DL,Asirvatham S,Munger TM.Progress in nonpharmacologic therapy of atrial fibrillation.J Cardiovasc Electrophysiol.2003;14(12 Suppl):S296S309.
  15. Mickelsen S,Dudley B,Treat E,Barela J,Omdahl J,Kusumoto F.Survey of physician experience, trends and outcomes with atrial fibrillation ablation.J Interv Card Electrophysiol.2005;12(3):213220.
  16. Gerstenfeld EP,Callans D,Dixit S, et al.Characteristics of patients undergoing atrial fibrillation ablation: trends over a seven‐year period 1999–2005.J Cardiovasc Electrophysiol.2007;18(1):2328.
  17. Fuster V,Ryden LE,Cannom DS, et al.ACC/AHA/ESC 2006 Guidelines for the management of patients with atrial fibrillation: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines and the European Society of Cardiology Committee for Practice Guidelines (Writing Committee to Revise the 2001 Guidelines for the Management of Patients With Atrial Fibrillation): developed in collaboration with the European Heart Rhythm Association and the Heart Rhythm Society.Circulation.2006;114(7):e257e354.
  18. Lakkireddy D,Patel D,Ryschon K, et al.Safety and efficacy of radiofrequency energy catheter ablation of atrial fibrillation in patients with pacemakers and implantable cardiac defibrillators.Heart Rhythm.2005;2(12):13091316.
  19. Cappato R,Calkins H,Chen SA, et al.Worldwide survey on the methods, efficacy, and safety of catheter ablation for human atrial fibrillation.Circulation.2005;111(9):11001105.
  20. Khaykin Y,Morillo CA,Skanes AC,McCracken A,Humphries K,Kerr CR.Cost comparison of catheter ablation and medical therapy in atrial fibrillation.J Cardiovasc Electrophysiol.2007;18(9):907913.
  21. Wazni OM,Marrouche NF,Martin DO, et al.Radiofrequency ablation vs antiarrhythmic drugs as first‐line treatment of symptomatic atrial fibrillation: a randomized trial.JAMA.2005;293(21):26342640.
  22. Pappone C,Augello G,Sala S, et al.A randomized trial of circumferential pulmonary vein ablation versus antiarrhythmic drug therapy in paroxysmal atrial fibrillation: the APAF Study.J Am Coll Cardiol.2006;48(11):23402347.
  23. Fang MC,Chen J,Rich MW.Atrial fibrillation in the elderly.Am J Med.2007;120(6):481487.
  24. O'Neill MD,Jaïs P,Hocini M,Sacher F,Klein GJ,Clémenty J,Haïssaguerre M.Catheter ablation for atrial fibrillation.Circulation.2007;116(13):15151523.
  25. Furberg CD,Psaty BM,Manolio TA,Gardin JM,Smith VE,Rautaharju PM.Prevalence of atrial fibrillation in elderly subjects (the Cardiovascular Health Study).Am J Cardiol.1994;74(3):236241.
  26. Calkins H,Brugada J,Packer DL, et al.HRS/EHRA/ECAS Expert Consensus Statement on catheter and surgical ablation of atrial fibrillation: recommendations for personnel, policy, procedures and follow‐up. A report of the Heart Rhythm Society (HRS) Task Force on Catheter and Surgical Ablation of Atrial Fibrillation. European Heart Rhythm Association (EHRA), European Cardiac Arrhythmia Scoiety (ECAS), American College of Cardiology (ACC), American Heart Association (AHA), Society of Thoracic Surgeons (STS).Heart Rhythm.2007;4(6):816861.
  27. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, National Center for Health Statistics National Hospital Discharge Survey 1990–2005. Multi‐Year Public‐Use Data File Documentation. Available at: http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/about/major/hdasd/nhds.htm. Accessed December2008.
  28. Gage BF,Waterman AD,Shannon W,Boechler M,Rich MW,Radford MJ.Validation of clinical classification schemes for predicting stroke: results from the National Registry of Atrial Fibrillation.JAMA.2001;285(22):28642870.
  29. Wood MA,Brown‐Mhoney C,Kay GN,Ellenbogen KA.Clinical outcomes after ablation and pacing therapy for atrial fibrillation: a meta‐analysis.Circulation.2000;101(10):11381144.
  30. Hsu LF,Jaïs P,Sanders P, et al.Catheter ablation for atrial fibrillation in congestive heart failure.N Engl J Med.2004;351(23):23732383.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(7)
Page Number
E1-E5
Legacy Keywords
atrial fibrillation, catheter ablation, elderly, national trends
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

Atrial fibrillation (AF), the most common clinically significant cardiac arrhythmia, affects over 2.3 million people in the United States.1 AF is associated with an increased risk of stroke and heart failure and independently increases the risk of all cause mortality.26 As such, AF confers a staggering healthcare cost burden.7, 8 Pharmacologic treatments to restore sinus rhythm in patients with AF are associated with a considerable relapse rate911 and the development of nonpharmacologic treatments for AF, such as catheter ablation procedures,1214 may be significantly more successful in restoring and maintaining sinus rhythm.15, 16 Despite relatively poor results from early catheter ablation techniques, the practice has evolved and boasts short‐term success rates as high as 73% to 91% depending on the specific type of procedure.17

In light of the success of ablative therapy, this approach, which was once used primarily in younger patients with structurally intact hearts, has been expanded to include more medically complex patients, including elderly patients, those with cardiomyopathy, and those with implanted devices.16, 18 At the same time, catheter ablation is not without complications, with major complications observed in up to 6% of cases,19 and significant costs.20 Moreover, while the most optimistic randomized control data demonstrate the ability of catheter ablation to prevent the recurrence of AF at 1 year,12, 21, 22 long‐term outcome data are lacking, particularly in patients older than 65 years or those with heart failure.17, 23

The encouraging results supporting catheter ablation continue to stimulate the utilization of catheter ablation practices and spur innovations in ablation techniques.24 The American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association/European Society of Cardiology consensus guidelines recommend consideration of ablative therapy in many instances of AF.17 AF is primarily a disease of older adults25 and although most studies have focused on younger individuals,26 it is possible that increasing numbers of older patients are receiving ablation therapy.16 Although single center studies are available,16 there are few data about the characteristics of patients undergoing ablative therapy on a national level. In order to better understand the current use of catheter ablation treatment for AF, we analyzed data from the National Hospital Discharge Survey (NHDS) to explore trends in patient characteristics and rates of ablation procedures in hospitalized patients with AF from the years 1990 to 2005.

Methods

The NHDS is a nationally representative study of hospitalized patients conducted annually by the National Center for Health Statistics,27 which collects data from approximately 270,000 inpatient records using a representative sample of about 500 short‐stay nonfederal hospitals in the United States. Data for each patient are obtained for age, sex, hospital geographic region (Northeast, Midwest, South, West), and hospital bed size, as well as up to 7 diagnostic codes and 4 procedural codes using the International Classification of Diseases, 9th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD‐9‐CM). Of note, data on race/ethnicity were not consistently coded in the NHDS and are therefore not included in this analysis.

We searched for all patients age 18 years or older who had an ICD‐9‐CM diagnosis of AF (427.31). Of these patients, we then identified those who had a procedure code for nonsurgical ablation of lesions or tissues of the heart via peripherally‐inserted catheter or an endovascular approach (37.34). We also searched for specific ICD‐9‐CM‐coded diagnoses corresponding to higher stroke risk according to the (CHADS2) risk index,28 where 1 point is assigned for congestive heart failure, hypertension, age >75 years, or diabetes mellitus, and 2 points for prior stroke or transient ischemic attack. We calculated a CHADS2 score for each patient.

Statistical Analysis

Ablation rates were calculated as the number of patients with a diagnosis of AF and a code for catheter ablation divided by all patients with AF. The change in ablation rate over time was determined using simple logistic regression. Differences in ablation rates by patient and hospital characteristics were tested using chi‐square tests for categorical variables and t‐tests for continuous variables. All variables that were tested in univariate analysis (age, sex, insurance status, year of procedure, hospital region, hospital bed‐size, and CHADS2 score) were forced into the final multivariable model examining predictors of ablation. The fit of the final model was tested using the Hosmer‐Lemeshow test for goodness‐of‐fit. Nationally representative estimates were calculated from the sample weights provided by the NHDS to account for the complex sampling design of the survey. All analyses were conducted using SAS Version 9.1 (SAS Institute, Inc., Cary, NC).

Results

From 1990 to 2005, we identified 269,471 hospitalizations in the NHDS with a diagnosis of AF, of which 1,144 (0.42%) had a procedure code for catheter ablation. When extrapolated to national estimates, this corresponds to 32 million hospitalizations of patients with AF in the United States during the time period, of which 133,003 underwent ablation. The proportion of patients with AF who had ablation increased significantly over time, from 0.06% in 1990 to 0.79% in 2005 (P < 0.001 for trend; Figure 1).

Figure 1
Overall rate of catheter ablation procedures in 269,471 hospitalizations of patients with atrial fibrillation from 1990 to 2005.

On univariate analysis, people with AF undergoing ablation were on average younger and more likely to be male than those who did not have ablation (Table 1). The rate of catheter ablation was higher in patients younger than 50 years (1.75%) compared to 0.55% in patients aged 50 to 79 years, and 0.16% in patients aged 80 years or older. However, ablation rates increased significantly in all age groups over time, with no one age group increasing at a significantly faster rate than the others (P value for interaction between age categories and hospitalization year = 0.7; Figure 2). People undergoing ablation tended to have lower CHADS2 stroke risk scores and fewer risk factors for stroke, including heart failure, coronary artery disease, and diabetes mellitus (Table 1).

Figure 2
The rate of catheter ablation procedures in 269,471 hospitalizations of patients with atrial fibrillation from 1990 to 2005, stratified by patient age.
Characteristics of 269,471 Hospitalizations with Atrial Fibrillation, Stratified by Catheter Ablation Procedure During Hospitalization
CharacteristicAblation (n = 1,144)No Ablation (n = 268,327)P Value
  • Abbreviation: CI, confidence interval.

Age (years), mean (95% CI)66.0 (65.2‐66.8)75.9 (75.8‐75.9)<0.001
Male (%)56.643.4<0.001
Insurance (%)  <0.001
Private22.110.9 
Medicare56.578.2 
Medicaid2.22.5 
Self‐pay0.71.2 
Other/unknown18.57.2 
Region (%)  <0.001
West14.511.8 
Midwest23.431.6 
Northeast23.725.4 
South39.331.2 
Hospital bed size (%)  <0.001
6‐991.212.7 
100‐1996.622.3 
200‐29917.423.8 
300‐49935.529.3 
500+39.312.0 
CHADS2 score, mean (95% CI)1.0 (0.9‐1.0)1.5 (1.5‐1.5)<0.001
CHADS2 = 0 (%)36.515.7<0.001
Comorbid conditions   
Heart failure (%)26.838.2<0.001
Coronary artery disease (%)25.432.7<0.001
Hypertension (%)30.829.20.24
Diabetes mellitus (%)11.414.50.003
Length of stay (days), mean (95% CI)5.1 (4.7‐5.5)7.4 (7.3‐7.4)<0.001
Discharge status (%)  <0.001
Home88.858.7 
Short‐term skilled facility0.84.06 
Long‐term skilled facility4.018.3 
Inpatient death1.06.7 
Alive but status unknown5.010.9 

People who underwent ablation were more likely to have private insurance as their primary source of payment and less likely to have Medicare (Table 1). Ablation rates were higher among patients with AF hospitalized in the Western and Southern regions of the United States (0.52% and 0.53%, respectively), compared to rates in the Midwest (0.30%) and Northeast (0.40%). Hospital bed‐size was significantly related to the frequency of ablation, with the overall rate of ablation in patients with AF being 0.04% in hospitals with 6 to 99 beds compared to 1.37% in hospitals with at least 500 beds (P < 0.001). Length of stay was shorter in patients with ablations compared to patients without ablation therapy, and patients with ablation were more likely to be discharged home (Table 1). The inpatient mortality rate in patients undergoing ablation was quite low (0.96%).

In multivariate analysis, the likelihood of ablation therapy in a hospitalized patient with AF increased by 15% per year (95% confidence interval [CI], 13%‐16%) over the time period, adjusted for clinical and hospital characteristics. The likelihood of ablation decreased with older age (adjusted odds ratio [aOR], 0.7 [95% CI, 0.6‐0.7] for each decade of age over 50 years) and for each 1‐point increase in CHADS2 score (aOR, 0.7 [95% CI, 0.7‐0.8]). Ablation was significantly more likely to be performed in hospitals with larger bed‐sizes (aOR, 27.4 [95% CI, 16.1‐46.6] comparing bed‐size of 500+ to bed‐size of 6 to 99) and in patients with private insurance (aOR, 1.4 [95% CI, 1.2‐1.6]; Table 2). The goodness‐of‐fit of the model was appropriate, with a nonsignificant Hosmer‐Lemeshow test P value of 0.13.

Multivariable Adjusted Predictors of Catheter Ablation in Hospitalized Patients with Atrial Fibrillation
CharacteristicAdjusted Odds Ratio (95 % CI)
All Patients (n = 269,471)Subset* (n = 246,402)
  • Subset of patients who had no other code for cardiac arrhythmias.

Age (per decade over 50 years)0.67 (0.64‐0.71)0.69 (0.64‐0.74)
Male1.0 (0.91‐1.2)0.88 (0.75‐1.0)
Insurance  
PrivateRefRef
Not private0.73 (0.63‐0.85)0.70 (0.58‐0.86)
Other/unknown0.71 (0.38‐1.4)0.93 (0.45‐1.9)
Region  
NortheastRefRef
West1.4 (1.2‐1.8)1.2 (0.95‐1.6)
Midwest0.84 (0.71‐1.0)0.81 (0.65‐1.0)
South1.3 (1.1‐1.5)1.1 (0.94‐1.4)
Hospital bed size  
6‐99RefRef
100‐1992.8 (1.6‐4.9)5.0 (2.1‐11.5)
200‐2996.8 (4.0‐11.7)10.2 (4.5‐21.1)
300‐49911.1 (6.5‐19.0)16.6 (7.4‐37.3)
500+26.1 (15.3‐44.5)40.2 (17.9‐90.4)
CHADS2 score (per point increase)0.74 (0.69‐0.79)0.77 (0.71‐0.85)

To account for the possibility that the ablation procedure was not specifically for AF, we performed a subgroup analysis that excluded all patients who also had diagnostic codes for supraventricular or ventricular tachycardias (427.0, 427.1, 427.2, and 427.4), or atrial flutter (427.32). Of the 269,471 hospitalizations with AF, 23,069 (8.6%) had a code for an arrhythmia in addition to AF. When we excluded patients with other arrhythmias, we identified 691 patients who underwent ablation and who only had a diagnosis of AF. An analysis of this subset yielded results similar to the full analysis (Table 2). The likelihood of ablation therapy in this subset of patients with only AF increased by 14% per year (95% CI, 11%‐16%), adjusting for patient age, sex, insurance status, CHADS2 score, hospital region, and hospital bed‐size.

Discussion

The proportion of hospitalized patients with AF who undergo ablation therapy in the United States has been increasing by approximately 15% per year over the last 15 years. Patients receiving ablation therapy are more likely to be younger, have private insurance, and have fewer stroke risk factors. These demographics likely reflect the fact that these ablations are elective procedures that are preferentially performed in healthier, lower‐risk patients. Despite these preferences, the rate of ablation therapy has been increasing significantly across all age groups, even in the oldest patients.

Though limited by relatively short follow‐up data, published studies of ablation therapies for AF show promising results,17, 26 and initial cost analyses suggest possible fiscal benefits of ablation for AF.20 Despite a paucity of randomized clinical trials comparing ablation to pharmacologic rhythm and rate control, studies suggest that quality of life may be significantly improved with ablation as compared to antiarrhythmic drugs.21 This may be because ablation may reduce AF‐related symptoms.12 As ablation becomes more widespread and recommended, physicians, including hospitalists, may be increasingly likely to refer their patients for ablation, even for patient subgroups who were not well‐represented in clinical trial settings.

The inpatient mortality rate in patients undergoing ablation therapy was quite low in our study, although ablation is not without some risk of procedure‐related stroke and other complications.19 An analysis of the compiled studies on ablation for AF estimates that major complication such as cardiac tamponade or thromboembolism occur in as many as 7% of patients.26 Patients are at highest risk for embolic events, such as transient ischemic attacks or ischemic strokes, in the immediate hours to weeks after ablation. An estimated 5% to 25% of patients will develop a new arrhythmia at some point in the postablation period and other complications, including esophageal injury, phrenic nerve injury, groin hematoma, and retroperitoneal bleed, have been observed.26 Increasing comanagement of postablation patients will necessitate that hospitalists understand the potential complications of ablation as well as current strategies for bridging anticoagulation therapy.

Few data are available about the safety and efficacy of catheter ablation for patients over the age of 65 years. In fact, the mean age of patients enrolled in most clinical trials of catheter ablation was younger than 60 years.26, 29 There are also limited data about the long‐term efficacy of ablation therapy in patients with structural heart disease30; despite this, our study shows that a quarter of patients with AF undergoing ablation therapy in the United States have diagnosed heart failure. As always, the optimistic introduction of new technologies to unstudied patient populations carries the risk of unintended harm. Hospitalists are well situated to collect and analyze outcome data for older patients with multiple comorbidities and to provide real‐time monitoring of potential complications.

Few studies have focused on the demographic and comorbid characteristics of patients undergoing ablation for AF on a national level. One study examined characteristics of patients referred to a single academic center for AF ablation from 1999 to 2005 and found that referred patients have, over time, been older (mean age 47 years in 1999 versus 56 years in 2005), have more persistent AF, larger atria, and were more likely to have had a history of cardiomyopathy (0% in 1999 versus 16% in 2006).16 This study also reported that men were consistently more likely to be referred for ablation than women. These results are generally consistent with our findings.

Our study has several limitations. The exact indication and specific type of ablation were not available in the NHDS, and it is possible that the ablation procedure was for an arrhythmia other than AF. However, our analysis of the subset of patients who only had AF as a diagnosis yielded results similar to the full analysis. We were unable to assess specific efficacy or complication data, but mortality was low and patients tended to have short hospital stays. Because the NHDS samples random hospitalizations, it is possible that some patients were overrepresented in the database if they were repeatedly hospitalized in a single year. This could potentially bias our results toward an overestimate of the number of patients who receive ablation.

It remains unclear what proportion of AF ablation procedures occur in the outpatient versus inpatient setting. Inpatient versus outpatient status is not specified in the few single‐center ablation experiences reported in the literature,16 and the few trials reported are not reliable for determining practice in a nonstudy setting. The most recent (2006) Heart Rhythm Society/European Heart Rhythm Association/European Cardiac Arrhythmia Society Expert Consensus Statement on Catheter and Surgical Ablation of AF recommends aggressive anticoagulation in the periprocedure period with either heparin or low‐molecular‐weight heparins, followed by a bridge to warfarin.17 It makes intuitive sense that patients undergoing ablation for AF would be admitted at least overnight to bridge anticoagulation therapy and monitor for complications, but widespread use of low‐molecular‐weight heparin may make hospitalization less necessary. The observation that patients undergoing ablation had shorter hospital stays does not necessarily imply that ablation procedures shorten hospital stays. Rather, the data almost certainly reflect the fact that ablations are mostly elective procedures performed in the setting of planned short‐term admissions.

Our study provides important epidemiologic data about national trends in the use of ablation therapy in hospitalized patients with AF. We find that the rate of catheter ablation in patients with AF has been increasing significantly over time and across all age groups, including the oldest patients. As the proportion of patients with AF who receive ablation therapy continues to increase over time, comprehensive long‐term outcome data and cost‐effectiveness analyses will be important.

Atrial fibrillation (AF), the most common clinically significant cardiac arrhythmia, affects over 2.3 million people in the United States.1 AF is associated with an increased risk of stroke and heart failure and independently increases the risk of all cause mortality.26 As such, AF confers a staggering healthcare cost burden.7, 8 Pharmacologic treatments to restore sinus rhythm in patients with AF are associated with a considerable relapse rate911 and the development of nonpharmacologic treatments for AF, such as catheter ablation procedures,1214 may be significantly more successful in restoring and maintaining sinus rhythm.15, 16 Despite relatively poor results from early catheter ablation techniques, the practice has evolved and boasts short‐term success rates as high as 73% to 91% depending on the specific type of procedure.17

In light of the success of ablative therapy, this approach, which was once used primarily in younger patients with structurally intact hearts, has been expanded to include more medically complex patients, including elderly patients, those with cardiomyopathy, and those with implanted devices.16, 18 At the same time, catheter ablation is not without complications, with major complications observed in up to 6% of cases,19 and significant costs.20 Moreover, while the most optimistic randomized control data demonstrate the ability of catheter ablation to prevent the recurrence of AF at 1 year,12, 21, 22 long‐term outcome data are lacking, particularly in patients older than 65 years or those with heart failure.17, 23

The encouraging results supporting catheter ablation continue to stimulate the utilization of catheter ablation practices and spur innovations in ablation techniques.24 The American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association/European Society of Cardiology consensus guidelines recommend consideration of ablative therapy in many instances of AF.17 AF is primarily a disease of older adults25 and although most studies have focused on younger individuals,26 it is possible that increasing numbers of older patients are receiving ablation therapy.16 Although single center studies are available,16 there are few data about the characteristics of patients undergoing ablative therapy on a national level. In order to better understand the current use of catheter ablation treatment for AF, we analyzed data from the National Hospital Discharge Survey (NHDS) to explore trends in patient characteristics and rates of ablation procedures in hospitalized patients with AF from the years 1990 to 2005.

Methods

The NHDS is a nationally representative study of hospitalized patients conducted annually by the National Center for Health Statistics,27 which collects data from approximately 270,000 inpatient records using a representative sample of about 500 short‐stay nonfederal hospitals in the United States. Data for each patient are obtained for age, sex, hospital geographic region (Northeast, Midwest, South, West), and hospital bed size, as well as up to 7 diagnostic codes and 4 procedural codes using the International Classification of Diseases, 9th Revision, Clinical Modification (ICD‐9‐CM). Of note, data on race/ethnicity were not consistently coded in the NHDS and are therefore not included in this analysis.

We searched for all patients age 18 years or older who had an ICD‐9‐CM diagnosis of AF (427.31). Of these patients, we then identified those who had a procedure code for nonsurgical ablation of lesions or tissues of the heart via peripherally‐inserted catheter or an endovascular approach (37.34). We also searched for specific ICD‐9‐CM‐coded diagnoses corresponding to higher stroke risk according to the (CHADS2) risk index,28 where 1 point is assigned for congestive heart failure, hypertension, age >75 years, or diabetes mellitus, and 2 points for prior stroke or transient ischemic attack. We calculated a CHADS2 score for each patient.

Statistical Analysis

Ablation rates were calculated as the number of patients with a diagnosis of AF and a code for catheter ablation divided by all patients with AF. The change in ablation rate over time was determined using simple logistic regression. Differences in ablation rates by patient and hospital characteristics were tested using chi‐square tests for categorical variables and t‐tests for continuous variables. All variables that were tested in univariate analysis (age, sex, insurance status, year of procedure, hospital region, hospital bed‐size, and CHADS2 score) were forced into the final multivariable model examining predictors of ablation. The fit of the final model was tested using the Hosmer‐Lemeshow test for goodness‐of‐fit. Nationally representative estimates were calculated from the sample weights provided by the NHDS to account for the complex sampling design of the survey. All analyses were conducted using SAS Version 9.1 (SAS Institute, Inc., Cary, NC).

Results

From 1990 to 2005, we identified 269,471 hospitalizations in the NHDS with a diagnosis of AF, of which 1,144 (0.42%) had a procedure code for catheter ablation. When extrapolated to national estimates, this corresponds to 32 million hospitalizations of patients with AF in the United States during the time period, of which 133,003 underwent ablation. The proportion of patients with AF who had ablation increased significantly over time, from 0.06% in 1990 to 0.79% in 2005 (P < 0.001 for trend; Figure 1).

Figure 1
Overall rate of catheter ablation procedures in 269,471 hospitalizations of patients with atrial fibrillation from 1990 to 2005.

On univariate analysis, people with AF undergoing ablation were on average younger and more likely to be male than those who did not have ablation (Table 1). The rate of catheter ablation was higher in patients younger than 50 years (1.75%) compared to 0.55% in patients aged 50 to 79 years, and 0.16% in patients aged 80 years or older. However, ablation rates increased significantly in all age groups over time, with no one age group increasing at a significantly faster rate than the others (P value for interaction between age categories and hospitalization year = 0.7; Figure 2). People undergoing ablation tended to have lower CHADS2 stroke risk scores and fewer risk factors for stroke, including heart failure, coronary artery disease, and diabetes mellitus (Table 1).

Figure 2
The rate of catheter ablation procedures in 269,471 hospitalizations of patients with atrial fibrillation from 1990 to 2005, stratified by patient age.
Characteristics of 269,471 Hospitalizations with Atrial Fibrillation, Stratified by Catheter Ablation Procedure During Hospitalization
CharacteristicAblation (n = 1,144)No Ablation (n = 268,327)P Value
  • Abbreviation: CI, confidence interval.

Age (years), mean (95% CI)66.0 (65.2‐66.8)75.9 (75.8‐75.9)<0.001
Male (%)56.643.4<0.001
Insurance (%)  <0.001
Private22.110.9 
Medicare56.578.2 
Medicaid2.22.5 
Self‐pay0.71.2 
Other/unknown18.57.2 
Region (%)  <0.001
West14.511.8 
Midwest23.431.6 
Northeast23.725.4 
South39.331.2 
Hospital bed size (%)  <0.001
6‐991.212.7 
100‐1996.622.3 
200‐29917.423.8 
300‐49935.529.3 
500+39.312.0 
CHADS2 score, mean (95% CI)1.0 (0.9‐1.0)1.5 (1.5‐1.5)<0.001
CHADS2 = 0 (%)36.515.7<0.001
Comorbid conditions   
Heart failure (%)26.838.2<0.001
Coronary artery disease (%)25.432.7<0.001
Hypertension (%)30.829.20.24
Diabetes mellitus (%)11.414.50.003
Length of stay (days), mean (95% CI)5.1 (4.7‐5.5)7.4 (7.3‐7.4)<0.001
Discharge status (%)  <0.001
Home88.858.7 
Short‐term skilled facility0.84.06 
Long‐term skilled facility4.018.3 
Inpatient death1.06.7 
Alive but status unknown5.010.9 

People who underwent ablation were more likely to have private insurance as their primary source of payment and less likely to have Medicare (Table 1). Ablation rates were higher among patients with AF hospitalized in the Western and Southern regions of the United States (0.52% and 0.53%, respectively), compared to rates in the Midwest (0.30%) and Northeast (0.40%). Hospital bed‐size was significantly related to the frequency of ablation, with the overall rate of ablation in patients with AF being 0.04% in hospitals with 6 to 99 beds compared to 1.37% in hospitals with at least 500 beds (P < 0.001). Length of stay was shorter in patients with ablations compared to patients without ablation therapy, and patients with ablation were more likely to be discharged home (Table 1). The inpatient mortality rate in patients undergoing ablation was quite low (0.96%).

In multivariate analysis, the likelihood of ablation therapy in a hospitalized patient with AF increased by 15% per year (95% confidence interval [CI], 13%‐16%) over the time period, adjusted for clinical and hospital characteristics. The likelihood of ablation decreased with older age (adjusted odds ratio [aOR], 0.7 [95% CI, 0.6‐0.7] for each decade of age over 50 years) and for each 1‐point increase in CHADS2 score (aOR, 0.7 [95% CI, 0.7‐0.8]). Ablation was significantly more likely to be performed in hospitals with larger bed‐sizes (aOR, 27.4 [95% CI, 16.1‐46.6] comparing bed‐size of 500+ to bed‐size of 6 to 99) and in patients with private insurance (aOR, 1.4 [95% CI, 1.2‐1.6]; Table 2). The goodness‐of‐fit of the model was appropriate, with a nonsignificant Hosmer‐Lemeshow test P value of 0.13.

Multivariable Adjusted Predictors of Catheter Ablation in Hospitalized Patients with Atrial Fibrillation
CharacteristicAdjusted Odds Ratio (95 % CI)
All Patients (n = 269,471)Subset* (n = 246,402)
  • Subset of patients who had no other code for cardiac arrhythmias.

Age (per decade over 50 years)0.67 (0.64‐0.71)0.69 (0.64‐0.74)
Male1.0 (0.91‐1.2)0.88 (0.75‐1.0)
Insurance  
PrivateRefRef
Not private0.73 (0.63‐0.85)0.70 (0.58‐0.86)
Other/unknown0.71 (0.38‐1.4)0.93 (0.45‐1.9)
Region  
NortheastRefRef
West1.4 (1.2‐1.8)1.2 (0.95‐1.6)
Midwest0.84 (0.71‐1.0)0.81 (0.65‐1.0)
South1.3 (1.1‐1.5)1.1 (0.94‐1.4)
Hospital bed size  
6‐99RefRef
100‐1992.8 (1.6‐4.9)5.0 (2.1‐11.5)
200‐2996.8 (4.0‐11.7)10.2 (4.5‐21.1)
300‐49911.1 (6.5‐19.0)16.6 (7.4‐37.3)
500+26.1 (15.3‐44.5)40.2 (17.9‐90.4)
CHADS2 score (per point increase)0.74 (0.69‐0.79)0.77 (0.71‐0.85)

To account for the possibility that the ablation procedure was not specifically for AF, we performed a subgroup analysis that excluded all patients who also had diagnostic codes for supraventricular or ventricular tachycardias (427.0, 427.1, 427.2, and 427.4), or atrial flutter (427.32). Of the 269,471 hospitalizations with AF, 23,069 (8.6%) had a code for an arrhythmia in addition to AF. When we excluded patients with other arrhythmias, we identified 691 patients who underwent ablation and who only had a diagnosis of AF. An analysis of this subset yielded results similar to the full analysis (Table 2). The likelihood of ablation therapy in this subset of patients with only AF increased by 14% per year (95% CI, 11%‐16%), adjusting for patient age, sex, insurance status, CHADS2 score, hospital region, and hospital bed‐size.

Discussion

The proportion of hospitalized patients with AF who undergo ablation therapy in the United States has been increasing by approximately 15% per year over the last 15 years. Patients receiving ablation therapy are more likely to be younger, have private insurance, and have fewer stroke risk factors. These demographics likely reflect the fact that these ablations are elective procedures that are preferentially performed in healthier, lower‐risk patients. Despite these preferences, the rate of ablation therapy has been increasing significantly across all age groups, even in the oldest patients.

Though limited by relatively short follow‐up data, published studies of ablation therapies for AF show promising results,17, 26 and initial cost analyses suggest possible fiscal benefits of ablation for AF.20 Despite a paucity of randomized clinical trials comparing ablation to pharmacologic rhythm and rate control, studies suggest that quality of life may be significantly improved with ablation as compared to antiarrhythmic drugs.21 This may be because ablation may reduce AF‐related symptoms.12 As ablation becomes more widespread and recommended, physicians, including hospitalists, may be increasingly likely to refer their patients for ablation, even for patient subgroups who were not well‐represented in clinical trial settings.

The inpatient mortality rate in patients undergoing ablation therapy was quite low in our study, although ablation is not without some risk of procedure‐related stroke and other complications.19 An analysis of the compiled studies on ablation for AF estimates that major complication such as cardiac tamponade or thromboembolism occur in as many as 7% of patients.26 Patients are at highest risk for embolic events, such as transient ischemic attacks or ischemic strokes, in the immediate hours to weeks after ablation. An estimated 5% to 25% of patients will develop a new arrhythmia at some point in the postablation period and other complications, including esophageal injury, phrenic nerve injury, groin hematoma, and retroperitoneal bleed, have been observed.26 Increasing comanagement of postablation patients will necessitate that hospitalists understand the potential complications of ablation as well as current strategies for bridging anticoagulation therapy.

Few data are available about the safety and efficacy of catheter ablation for patients over the age of 65 years. In fact, the mean age of patients enrolled in most clinical trials of catheter ablation was younger than 60 years.26, 29 There are also limited data about the long‐term efficacy of ablation therapy in patients with structural heart disease30; despite this, our study shows that a quarter of patients with AF undergoing ablation therapy in the United States have diagnosed heart failure. As always, the optimistic introduction of new technologies to unstudied patient populations carries the risk of unintended harm. Hospitalists are well situated to collect and analyze outcome data for older patients with multiple comorbidities and to provide real‐time monitoring of potential complications.

Few studies have focused on the demographic and comorbid characteristics of patients undergoing ablation for AF on a national level. One study examined characteristics of patients referred to a single academic center for AF ablation from 1999 to 2005 and found that referred patients have, over time, been older (mean age 47 years in 1999 versus 56 years in 2005), have more persistent AF, larger atria, and were more likely to have had a history of cardiomyopathy (0% in 1999 versus 16% in 2006).16 This study also reported that men were consistently more likely to be referred for ablation than women. These results are generally consistent with our findings.

Our study has several limitations. The exact indication and specific type of ablation were not available in the NHDS, and it is possible that the ablation procedure was for an arrhythmia other than AF. However, our analysis of the subset of patients who only had AF as a diagnosis yielded results similar to the full analysis. We were unable to assess specific efficacy or complication data, but mortality was low and patients tended to have short hospital stays. Because the NHDS samples random hospitalizations, it is possible that some patients were overrepresented in the database if they were repeatedly hospitalized in a single year. This could potentially bias our results toward an overestimate of the number of patients who receive ablation.

It remains unclear what proportion of AF ablation procedures occur in the outpatient versus inpatient setting. Inpatient versus outpatient status is not specified in the few single‐center ablation experiences reported in the literature,16 and the few trials reported are not reliable for determining practice in a nonstudy setting. The most recent (2006) Heart Rhythm Society/European Heart Rhythm Association/European Cardiac Arrhythmia Society Expert Consensus Statement on Catheter and Surgical Ablation of AF recommends aggressive anticoagulation in the periprocedure period with either heparin or low‐molecular‐weight heparins, followed by a bridge to warfarin.17 It makes intuitive sense that patients undergoing ablation for AF would be admitted at least overnight to bridge anticoagulation therapy and monitor for complications, but widespread use of low‐molecular‐weight heparin may make hospitalization less necessary. The observation that patients undergoing ablation had shorter hospital stays does not necessarily imply that ablation procedures shorten hospital stays. Rather, the data almost certainly reflect the fact that ablations are mostly elective procedures performed in the setting of planned short‐term admissions.

Our study provides important epidemiologic data about national trends in the use of ablation therapy in hospitalized patients with AF. We find that the rate of catheter ablation in patients with AF has been increasing significantly over time and across all age groups, including the oldest patients. As the proportion of patients with AF who receive ablation therapy continues to increase over time, comprehensive long‐term outcome data and cost‐effectiveness analyses will be important.

References
  1. Go AS,Hylek EM,Phillips KA, et al.Prevalence of diagnosed atrial fibrillation in adults: national implications for rhythm management and stroke prevention: the AnTicoagulation and Risk Factors in Atrial Fibrillation (ATRIA) Study.JAMA.2001;285(18):23702375.
  2. Atrial Fibrillation Investigators.Risk factors for stroke and efficacy of antithrombotic therapy in atrial fibrillation. Analysis of pooled data from five randomized controlled trials.Arch Intern Med.1994;154(13):14491457.
  3. Stewart S,Hart CL,Hole DJ,McMurray JJ.A population‐based study of the long‐term risks associated with atrial fibrillation: 20‐year follow‐up of the Renfrew/Paisley study.Am J Med.2002;113(5):359364.
  4. Krahn AD,Manfreda J,Tate RB,Mathewson FA,Cuddy TE.The natural history of atrial fibrillation: incidence, risk factors, and prognosis in the Manitoba Follow‐Up Study.Am J Med.1995;98(5):476484.
  5. Poole‐Wilson PA,Swedberg K,Cleland JG, et al.Comparison of carvedilol and metoprolol on clinical outcomes in patients with chronic heart failure in the Carvedilol Or Metoprolol European Trial (COMET): randomized controlled trial.Lancet.2003;362(9377):713.
  6. Maggioni AP,Latini R,Carson PE, et al.Valsartan reduces the incidence of atrial fibrillation in patients with heart failure: results from the Valsartan Heart Failure Trial (Val‐HeFT).Am Heart J.2005;149(3):548557.
  7. Wolf PA,Mitchell JB,Baker CS,Kannel WB,D'Agostino RB.Impact of atrial fibrillation on mortality, stroke, and medical costs.Arch Intern Med.1998;158(3):229234.
  8. Le Heuzey JY,Paziaud O,Piot O, et al.Cost of care distribution in atrial fibrillation patients: the COCAF study.Am Heart J.2004;147(1):121126.
  9. Crijns HJ,Van Gelder IC,Van Gilst WH,Hillege H,Gosselink AM,Lie KI.Serial antiarrhythmic drug treatment to maintain sinus rhythm after electrical cardioversion for chronic atrial fibrillation or atrial flutter.Am J Cardiol.1991;68(4):335341.
  10. Roy D,Talajic M,Dorian P, et al.Amiodarone to prevent recurrence of atrial fibrillation. Canadian Trial of Atrial Fibrillation Investigators.N Engl J Med.2000;342(13):913920.
  11. Van Gelder IC,Crijns HJ,Tieleman RG, et al.Chronic atrial fibrillation. Success of serial cardioversion therapy and safety of oral anticoagulation.Arch Intern Med.1996;156(22):25852592.
  12. Oral H,Pappone C,Chugh A, et al.Circumferential pulmonary‐vein ablation for chronic atrial fibrillation.N Engl J Med.2006;354(9):934941.
  13. Chugh A,Morady F.Atrial fibrillation: catheter ablation.J Interv Card Electrophysiol.2006;16(1):1526.
  14. Packer DL,Asirvatham S,Munger TM.Progress in nonpharmacologic therapy of atrial fibrillation.J Cardiovasc Electrophysiol.2003;14(12 Suppl):S296S309.
  15. Mickelsen S,Dudley B,Treat E,Barela J,Omdahl J,Kusumoto F.Survey of physician experience, trends and outcomes with atrial fibrillation ablation.J Interv Card Electrophysiol.2005;12(3):213220.
  16. Gerstenfeld EP,Callans D,Dixit S, et al.Characteristics of patients undergoing atrial fibrillation ablation: trends over a seven‐year period 1999–2005.J Cardiovasc Electrophysiol.2007;18(1):2328.
  17. Fuster V,Ryden LE,Cannom DS, et al.ACC/AHA/ESC 2006 Guidelines for the management of patients with atrial fibrillation: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines and the European Society of Cardiology Committee for Practice Guidelines (Writing Committee to Revise the 2001 Guidelines for the Management of Patients With Atrial Fibrillation): developed in collaboration with the European Heart Rhythm Association and the Heart Rhythm Society.Circulation.2006;114(7):e257e354.
  18. Lakkireddy D,Patel D,Ryschon K, et al.Safety and efficacy of radiofrequency energy catheter ablation of atrial fibrillation in patients with pacemakers and implantable cardiac defibrillators.Heart Rhythm.2005;2(12):13091316.
  19. Cappato R,Calkins H,Chen SA, et al.Worldwide survey on the methods, efficacy, and safety of catheter ablation for human atrial fibrillation.Circulation.2005;111(9):11001105.
  20. Khaykin Y,Morillo CA,Skanes AC,McCracken A,Humphries K,Kerr CR.Cost comparison of catheter ablation and medical therapy in atrial fibrillation.J Cardiovasc Electrophysiol.2007;18(9):907913.
  21. Wazni OM,Marrouche NF,Martin DO, et al.Radiofrequency ablation vs antiarrhythmic drugs as first‐line treatment of symptomatic atrial fibrillation: a randomized trial.JAMA.2005;293(21):26342640.
  22. Pappone C,Augello G,Sala S, et al.A randomized trial of circumferential pulmonary vein ablation versus antiarrhythmic drug therapy in paroxysmal atrial fibrillation: the APAF Study.J Am Coll Cardiol.2006;48(11):23402347.
  23. Fang MC,Chen J,Rich MW.Atrial fibrillation in the elderly.Am J Med.2007;120(6):481487.
  24. O'Neill MD,Jaïs P,Hocini M,Sacher F,Klein GJ,Clémenty J,Haïssaguerre M.Catheter ablation for atrial fibrillation.Circulation.2007;116(13):15151523.
  25. Furberg CD,Psaty BM,Manolio TA,Gardin JM,Smith VE,Rautaharju PM.Prevalence of atrial fibrillation in elderly subjects (the Cardiovascular Health Study).Am J Cardiol.1994;74(3):236241.
  26. Calkins H,Brugada J,Packer DL, et al.HRS/EHRA/ECAS Expert Consensus Statement on catheter and surgical ablation of atrial fibrillation: recommendations for personnel, policy, procedures and follow‐up. A report of the Heart Rhythm Society (HRS) Task Force on Catheter and Surgical Ablation of Atrial Fibrillation. European Heart Rhythm Association (EHRA), European Cardiac Arrhythmia Scoiety (ECAS), American College of Cardiology (ACC), American Heart Association (AHA), Society of Thoracic Surgeons (STS).Heart Rhythm.2007;4(6):816861.
  27. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, National Center for Health Statistics National Hospital Discharge Survey 1990–2005. Multi‐Year Public‐Use Data File Documentation. Available at: http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/about/major/hdasd/nhds.htm. Accessed December2008.
  28. Gage BF,Waterman AD,Shannon W,Boechler M,Rich MW,Radford MJ.Validation of clinical classification schemes for predicting stroke: results from the National Registry of Atrial Fibrillation.JAMA.2001;285(22):28642870.
  29. Wood MA,Brown‐Mhoney C,Kay GN,Ellenbogen KA.Clinical outcomes after ablation and pacing therapy for atrial fibrillation: a meta‐analysis.Circulation.2000;101(10):11381144.
  30. Hsu LF,Jaïs P,Sanders P, et al.Catheter ablation for atrial fibrillation in congestive heart failure.N Engl J Med.2004;351(23):23732383.
References
  1. Go AS,Hylek EM,Phillips KA, et al.Prevalence of diagnosed atrial fibrillation in adults: national implications for rhythm management and stroke prevention: the AnTicoagulation and Risk Factors in Atrial Fibrillation (ATRIA) Study.JAMA.2001;285(18):23702375.
  2. Atrial Fibrillation Investigators.Risk factors for stroke and efficacy of antithrombotic therapy in atrial fibrillation. Analysis of pooled data from five randomized controlled trials.Arch Intern Med.1994;154(13):14491457.
  3. Stewart S,Hart CL,Hole DJ,McMurray JJ.A population‐based study of the long‐term risks associated with atrial fibrillation: 20‐year follow‐up of the Renfrew/Paisley study.Am J Med.2002;113(5):359364.
  4. Krahn AD,Manfreda J,Tate RB,Mathewson FA,Cuddy TE.The natural history of atrial fibrillation: incidence, risk factors, and prognosis in the Manitoba Follow‐Up Study.Am J Med.1995;98(5):476484.
  5. Poole‐Wilson PA,Swedberg K,Cleland JG, et al.Comparison of carvedilol and metoprolol on clinical outcomes in patients with chronic heart failure in the Carvedilol Or Metoprolol European Trial (COMET): randomized controlled trial.Lancet.2003;362(9377):713.
  6. Maggioni AP,Latini R,Carson PE, et al.Valsartan reduces the incidence of atrial fibrillation in patients with heart failure: results from the Valsartan Heart Failure Trial (Val‐HeFT).Am Heart J.2005;149(3):548557.
  7. Wolf PA,Mitchell JB,Baker CS,Kannel WB,D'Agostino RB.Impact of atrial fibrillation on mortality, stroke, and medical costs.Arch Intern Med.1998;158(3):229234.
  8. Le Heuzey JY,Paziaud O,Piot O, et al.Cost of care distribution in atrial fibrillation patients: the COCAF study.Am Heart J.2004;147(1):121126.
  9. Crijns HJ,Van Gelder IC,Van Gilst WH,Hillege H,Gosselink AM,Lie KI.Serial antiarrhythmic drug treatment to maintain sinus rhythm after electrical cardioversion for chronic atrial fibrillation or atrial flutter.Am J Cardiol.1991;68(4):335341.
  10. Roy D,Talajic M,Dorian P, et al.Amiodarone to prevent recurrence of atrial fibrillation. Canadian Trial of Atrial Fibrillation Investigators.N Engl J Med.2000;342(13):913920.
  11. Van Gelder IC,Crijns HJ,Tieleman RG, et al.Chronic atrial fibrillation. Success of serial cardioversion therapy and safety of oral anticoagulation.Arch Intern Med.1996;156(22):25852592.
  12. Oral H,Pappone C,Chugh A, et al.Circumferential pulmonary‐vein ablation for chronic atrial fibrillation.N Engl J Med.2006;354(9):934941.
  13. Chugh A,Morady F.Atrial fibrillation: catheter ablation.J Interv Card Electrophysiol.2006;16(1):1526.
  14. Packer DL,Asirvatham S,Munger TM.Progress in nonpharmacologic therapy of atrial fibrillation.J Cardiovasc Electrophysiol.2003;14(12 Suppl):S296S309.
  15. Mickelsen S,Dudley B,Treat E,Barela J,Omdahl J,Kusumoto F.Survey of physician experience, trends and outcomes with atrial fibrillation ablation.J Interv Card Electrophysiol.2005;12(3):213220.
  16. Gerstenfeld EP,Callans D,Dixit S, et al.Characteristics of patients undergoing atrial fibrillation ablation: trends over a seven‐year period 1999–2005.J Cardiovasc Electrophysiol.2007;18(1):2328.
  17. Fuster V,Ryden LE,Cannom DS, et al.ACC/AHA/ESC 2006 Guidelines for the management of patients with atrial fibrillation: a report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Task Force on Practice Guidelines and the European Society of Cardiology Committee for Practice Guidelines (Writing Committee to Revise the 2001 Guidelines for the Management of Patients With Atrial Fibrillation): developed in collaboration with the European Heart Rhythm Association and the Heart Rhythm Society.Circulation.2006;114(7):e257e354.
  18. Lakkireddy D,Patel D,Ryschon K, et al.Safety and efficacy of radiofrequency energy catheter ablation of atrial fibrillation in patients with pacemakers and implantable cardiac defibrillators.Heart Rhythm.2005;2(12):13091316.
  19. Cappato R,Calkins H,Chen SA, et al.Worldwide survey on the methods, efficacy, and safety of catheter ablation for human atrial fibrillation.Circulation.2005;111(9):11001105.
  20. Khaykin Y,Morillo CA,Skanes AC,McCracken A,Humphries K,Kerr CR.Cost comparison of catheter ablation and medical therapy in atrial fibrillation.J Cardiovasc Electrophysiol.2007;18(9):907913.
  21. Wazni OM,Marrouche NF,Martin DO, et al.Radiofrequency ablation vs antiarrhythmic drugs as first‐line treatment of symptomatic atrial fibrillation: a randomized trial.JAMA.2005;293(21):26342640.
  22. Pappone C,Augello G,Sala S, et al.A randomized trial of circumferential pulmonary vein ablation versus antiarrhythmic drug therapy in paroxysmal atrial fibrillation: the APAF Study.J Am Coll Cardiol.2006;48(11):23402347.
  23. Fang MC,Chen J,Rich MW.Atrial fibrillation in the elderly.Am J Med.2007;120(6):481487.
  24. O'Neill MD,Jaïs P,Hocini M,Sacher F,Klein GJ,Clémenty J,Haïssaguerre M.Catheter ablation for atrial fibrillation.Circulation.2007;116(13):15151523.
  25. Furberg CD,Psaty BM,Manolio TA,Gardin JM,Smith VE,Rautaharju PM.Prevalence of atrial fibrillation in elderly subjects (the Cardiovascular Health Study).Am J Cardiol.1994;74(3):236241.
  26. Calkins H,Brugada J,Packer DL, et al.HRS/EHRA/ECAS Expert Consensus Statement on catheter and surgical ablation of atrial fibrillation: recommendations for personnel, policy, procedures and follow‐up. A report of the Heart Rhythm Society (HRS) Task Force on Catheter and Surgical Ablation of Atrial Fibrillation. European Heart Rhythm Association (EHRA), European Cardiac Arrhythmia Scoiety (ECAS), American College of Cardiology (ACC), American Heart Association (AHA), Society of Thoracic Surgeons (STS).Heart Rhythm.2007;4(6):816861.
  27. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, National Center for Health Statistics National Hospital Discharge Survey 1990–2005. Multi‐Year Public‐Use Data File Documentation. Available at: http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/about/major/hdasd/nhds.htm. Accessed December2008.
  28. Gage BF,Waterman AD,Shannon W,Boechler M,Rich MW,Radford MJ.Validation of clinical classification schemes for predicting stroke: results from the National Registry of Atrial Fibrillation.JAMA.2001;285(22):28642870.
  29. Wood MA,Brown‐Mhoney C,Kay GN,Ellenbogen KA.Clinical outcomes after ablation and pacing therapy for atrial fibrillation: a meta‐analysis.Circulation.2000;101(10):11381144.
  30. Hsu LF,Jaïs P,Sanders P, et al.Catheter ablation for atrial fibrillation in congestive heart failure.N Engl J Med.2004;351(23):23732383.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(7)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 4(7)
Page Number
E1-E5
Page Number
E1-E5
Article Type
Display Headline
Trends in catheter ablation for atrial fibrillation in the United States
Display Headline
Trends in catheter ablation for atrial fibrillation in the United States
Legacy Keywords
atrial fibrillation, catheter ablation, elderly, national trends
Legacy Keywords
atrial fibrillation, catheter ablation, elderly, national trends
Sections
Article Source

Copyright © 2009 Society of Hospital Medicine

Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
University of California, Division of Hospital Medicine, 503 Parnassus Ave., Box 0131, San Francisco, CA 94143
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

HbA1c Levels in Spine Surgery

Article Type
Changed
Sun, 05/28/2017 - 20:39
Display Headline
Prevalence of previously unknown elevation of glycosylated hemoglobin in spine surgery patients and impact on length of stay and total cost

Diabetes mellitus (DM) is a common chronic disease with a long downward course and serious systemic consequences. The percentage of the population with diagnosed diabetes continues to rise. In 2007, more than 246 million people had diabetes worldwide.1 In the United States, the diabetes rate was 5.8% in 2007, and is estimated to rise to 12% by 2050.2, 3 Many factors may contribute to this rise in the prevalence of diabetes, including higher prevalence of overweight and obesity, unhealthy diet, sedentary lifestyle, changes in diagnostic criteria, improved detection methods, decreasing mortality, a growing elderly population, and growth in minority populations with predisposition to diabetes; (ie, African Americans, Hispanics, and Native Americans).1, 4, 5 This is consistent with the thrifty genotype hypothesis, which explains the morbid prevalence of obesity, diabetes, and atherosclerosis‐related complications in modern times.6

The total estimated cost of diabetes in 2007 was $174 billion, including $116 billion in excess medical expenditures ($27 billion for direct diabetes care, $58 billion for treatment of diabetes‐related chronic complications, and $31 billion in excess general medical costs) and $58 billion in reduced national productivity.7 The largest component of medical expenditures that is attributed to diabetes has been hospital inpatient care (50% of total cost).8

Spine surgery is expensive and any factor that influences cost of surgery merits meticulous study, especially with the financial difficulties that the healthcare system is facing. Diabetic patients are known to be more vulnerable to postoperative complications such as fever, wound infection, foot drop, and nonunion than their nondiabetic peers.9‐13 In diabetic spine surgery patients, a negative correlation was reported between the recovery rate and the preoperative glycosylated hemoglobin (HbA1c) level.14 However, the potential impact of undiagnosed diabetes on these variables have not yet been extensively studied. In order to determine the prevalence of explicit DM and undiagnosed elevation of HBA1c among spine surgery patients and its impact on healthcare cost, we conducted the following study.

Patients and Methods

We retrospectively reviewed the charts of 556 spine surgery patients who were operated on between 2005 and 2007 and had 1 of 3 types of surgery: lumbar microdiscectomy (LMD), anterior cervical decompression and fusion (ACDF), and lumbar decompression and fusion (LDF). Information was collected about their diabetes history, HbA1c level, age, race, body mass index (BMI), comorbidities, length of stay (LOS), and total cost (hospital and physician). Due to the high percentage of glucose metabolism disturbance in the population and the many reports of increased postoperative complications related to diabetes, patients are routinely seen by an internist on the preoperative visit and they undergo electrocardiography and laboratory testing, including HbA1c. Hence HbA1c was recorded for 456 patients. We used 6.1% as a screening cutpoint for high HbA1c and classified patients to 4 groups according to their DM‐HbA1c status:15

  • Those with history of DM and HbA1c 6.1% (DM);

  • Those without history of DM and HbA1c 6.1% (subclinical HbA1c elevation);

  • Those with history of DM and HbA1c < 6.1% (well‐controlled DM);

  • Those without history of DM and HbA1c < 6.1% (no DM).

 

The second group was our main group of interest (subclinical, previously unknown HbA1c elevation). The third group (patients with well‐controlled DM, which is uncommon) was excluded (n = 14). To prevent confusion in the coming text, mentioning elevation of HbA1c will imply the second group, while the term diabetes will refer to the first group.

We calculated the percentages of nondiabetic patients, those with subclinical HbA1c elevation, and those with already known DM. We computed the mean (m) and standard deviation (SD) for cost, age, and BMI. Using SPSS v.16 (SPSS, Chicago, IL) we applied the analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) to determine the impact of DM‐HbA1c on total healthcare cost after controlling for type of surgery. We used analysis of variance (ANOVA) and post hoc Scheffe test to check for any significant differences in healthcare cost (hospital and surgery costs), age, gender, race, and BMI between the three DM‐HbA1c groups. Finally, we applied regression analysis to figure out significant factors/predictors of total cost in spine surgery patients beside type of surgery.

Results

After excluding the third group, we had 442 spine surgery patients, 26.7% LMD, 49.1% ACDF, and 24.2% LDF. They were 21‐92 years of age (over 60 years old = 41%), and nearly equally divided according to gender (48.2% males). They were mostly Caucasian (78.3% Caucasians and 21% African Americans). There were no Hispanics in the sample, which may be due to the small proportion of the Latino population living in Macon, GA.

Calculations showed that 72.4% of the above patients were nondiabetic, 14.3% were subclinical patients with elevated HbA1c, and 13.3% were already known, confirmed DM patients. Results showed that elevation of HbA1c was highest and diabetes was lowest in the LDF group, 16% and 10%, respectively. On the contrary, elevation of HbA1c was lowest and diabetes was highest in the LMD group, 13% and 20%, respectively (Figure 1).

Figure 1
DM‐HbA1c subgroups in spine surgery patients.

While analyzing the data, we took into consideration that the main cost‐determining factor was type of surgery (P < 0.001), so the pure impact of the DM‐HbA1c status on total cost was elicited by using ANCOVA and including type of surgery as a covariate. Table 1 shows the total cost for spine surgery patients per type of surgery and DM‐HbA1c status.

Length of Stay and Total Cost Per Type of Surgery and DM‐HbA1c Status
 LMDACDFLDF
No DMHbA1cDMNo DMHbA1cDMNo DMHbA1cDM
  • NOTE: Values are given as mean SD.

  • Abbreviations: ACDF, anterior cervical decompression and fusion; DM, already known diabetes; HbA1c, undiagnosed elevation of glycosylated hemoglobin without history of diabetes; LDF, lumbar decompression and fusion; LMD, lumbar microdiskectomy; LOS, length of stay; No DM, no diabetes.

LOS (days)2.75 4.3182.48 2.9262.48 1.9041.42 1.9841.43 1.1652.52 3.9914.68 2.5096.96 5.8975.55 3.616
Cost (dollars)23115 1460822306 770223644 706828363 767329420 613036748 3197054914 1403465974 1834161536 14527

As evident in Table 1 and confirmed by statistical analysis, DM‐HbA1c status was a very significant determinant (P < 0.01) of total cost. We performed ANOVA in each surgical category to determine the significance of differences in total cost between DM‐HbA1c status groups. There were significant differences in the LDF group between the no DM and subclinical groups (P < 0.05) in terms of cost and LOS, and in the ACDF group between patients without DM and those with already known DM in cost (P < 0.05). Figures 2 and 3 summarize the results mentioned above.

Figure 2
LOS in days (mean ± SD) per surgery type and DM‐HbA1c status.
Figure 3
Total cost in dollars (mean ± SD) per surgery type and DM‐HbA1c status.

As expected, age (P < 0.001) and BMI (P 0.01) were significantly different between DM‐HbA1c groups. Scheffe test showed significant difference between no DM and DM (P < 0.001) groups and between subclinical and DM groups (P < 0.01) regarding age and between no DM and DM groups (P < 0.05) regarding BMI. There was no difference (P > 0.05) between the three DM‐HbA1c groups regarding type of surgery. The subclinical patients with HbA1c elevation appeared to be as old as nondiabetic patients (P = 0.669) but as heavy as diabetic patients (P = 1.000).

The range of BMI in the sample was 17 to 52 with 36% over 30; (ie, obese) (Table 2). Regression analysis showed that type of surgery, age, and BMI were very significant predictors of total cost in spine surgery patients (P 0.001). In our study, total cost was not dependent on sex or race. Repeating analysis with age, BMI, or both as covariates (ANCOVA) deprives DM‐HbA1c status of statistical significance (P > 0.05).

Age and BMI Per Type of Surgery and DM‐HbA1c Status
 LMDACDFLDF
 No DMHbA1cDMNo DMHbA1cDMNo DMHbA1cDM
  • NOTE: Values are given as mean SD.

  • Abbreviations: ACDF, anterior cervical decompression and fusion; BMI, body mass index; DM, already known diabetes; HbA1c, undiagnosed elevation of glycosylated hemoglobin without history of diabetes; LDF, lumbar decompression and fusion; LMD, lumbar microdiskectomy; No DM, no diabetes.

Age (years)60 1459 1169 952 1058 960 1055 1354 1059 7
BMI (kg/m2)30 733 730 629 531 532 530 633 936 9

Concerning comorbidities that could affect HbA1c level, only 1.4% of patients had a history of advanced or chronic renal disease and none had hemoglobinopathy.

Discussion

According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), approximately 54 million people in the United States have prediabetes and nearly 21 million have diabetes.3 This places almost 25% of the population at risk for diabetic complications. Prediabetes is a term used to distinguish people who are at increased risk of developing diabetes. People with prediabetes have impaired fasting glucose (100‐125 mg/dL), impaired glucose tolerance (140‐199 mg/dL at 2 hours), or both.16 The actual national burden of diabetes most likely exceeds the $174 billion estimate because of excess medical costs associated with prediabetic patients.

Due to the impracticality of the 2 tests mentioned above as screening methods for diabetes and prediabetes, we used HbA1c to screen for glucose metabolism disturbance. This marker does not need overnight fasting or a 2‐hour glucose loading test. The HbA1c level gives an average of glycemic control over the previous 120 days, as red blood cells have a lifespan of 120 days. Although the use of HbA1c for the diagnosis of diabetes is not yet established, its availability at the time when the patient is seen (point‐of‐care testing) is a great advantage over fasting glucose and glucose tolerance tests.17, 18 The normal range for a person without diabetes is 4.3% to 5.9%.19 For most people with diabetes the American Diabetes Association recommends targeting an HbA1c of 7% or less. If HbA1c is 8% or higher, it means that the patient's blood glucose is not well‐controlled and he/she is at increased risk for developing diabetic complications. In this case, the patient needs modifications in his/her diet, physical activity, oral hypoglycemic medications, or insulin. It is uncommon to have patients with a history of diabetes and HbA1c < 6.1%. Our patient sample confirms this fact (n = 14). Therefore, it was not included in the statistical analysis.

The cutpoint 6.1% (2 SD above the mean) was the recommended cutoff point for HbA1c in most reviewed studies.15, 20 At the Diabetes Control and Complications Trial and Prospective Diabetes Study, the sensitivity of this cutpoint in detecting diabetes was 78% to 81% and specificity was 79% to 84%.15 HbA1c was shown to have less intraindividual variation and better predicts both microvascular and macrovascular complications.15 Although the current cost of HbA1c is higher than fasting plasma glucose, its feasibility as a screening tool for DM and as a predictor of its costly preventable complications may make it a cost‐effective choice.

Unrecognized glycometabolic disturbance as measured by HbA1c have recently been associated with poor outcomes, for example, after acute myocardial infarction.21 Postoperative complications in diabetic patients have been attributed to impairments in the immune system and microangiopathy. Patients with poorly regulated glucose levels are at an increased risk for developing infections. Once a person with diabetes has developed an infection, the body is less capable of fighting it off because high glucose levels interfere with the normal function of white blood cells. Moreover, dysfunction in the immune system impairs the inflammatory reaction in local tissues, which is further aggravated by the reduced blood supply due to diabetic microangiopathy. This results in considerable increase in the risk of soft‐tissue complications and significant delays in wound and bone healing.22

Our patient sample was classified according to chart and laboratory findings. The two criteria we used to classify them were a history of diabetes and HbA1c level 6.1%. Results show that patients unaware about their elevated HbA1c level are almost equal to the percentage of patients with history of diabetes. Combined, they make slightly more than 25% of spine surgery patients. These results are consistent with the CDC's estimate of the percentage of diabetes and prediabetes in the general population.3 Further analysis shows that age and BMI are significantly different between DM‐HbA1c groups, which is unsurprising since the correlation of diabetes with age and BMI is well‐established.23 Interestingly, the subclinical patients with elevated HbA1c appear to be as old as nondiabetic patients but as heavy as their diabetic peers. This is a remarkable finding that reflects the transitional status of these patients between non‐diabetes and diabetes. In addition, age and BMI were found to be very significant determinants of total cost in spine surgery patients. Actually, they were the reasons behind the statistical significance shown by the DM‐HbA1c status regarding cost as exposed by the ANCOVA.

This middle category of spine surgery patients with subclinical glucose metabolism disturbance seems to have important economic implications in terms of LOS and total cost in the LDF group. This may be due to the larger share of this middle subgroup in the LDF group of patients, as shown above. Besides, LDF patients stay longer and cost more than other spine surgery patients and consequently statistical differences between DM‐HbA1c subgroups are more evident. LDF is major surgery, with extensive dissection, greater blood loss, and longer operative time than other types of spine surgery and the patients are older and sicker. That may be why there was a more pronounced difference in LOS and cost between its 3 subgroups.

Overall, this work expands upon our understanding of the importance of diabetes and undiagnosed elevation of HbA1c in affecting cost following surgery. However, the study has several limitations that should be taken into consideration. Potential underreporting of diabetes in the patient's chart could skew the results, although this was unlikely due to the repetitive interview of patients on multiple occasions. In addition, HbA1c level could be affected by prescribed medications, which were not included in our inquiries. LOS and cost could also be influenced by non‐diabetes‐related factors that were not considered in the study. Finally, a bigger sample would have given more power to the results, although 556 patients is, without a doubt, not a small group.

Conclusions

There is a significant segment of spine surgery patients who learn of their disturbed glucose metabolism status for the first time on their preoperative visit. These patients require further investigation, with a fasting glucose test to confirm their diabetes status, and they need to start treatment early to prevent future complications.

HbA1c testing should be considered in the routine preoperative workup of spine surgery patients. This is a simple point‐of‐care test and its results can be obtained without delay. This will help improve early diagnosis of prediabetes and diabetes and may prevent the onset of type 2 diabetes, thus improving the patient's health and final outcome.

We need continuing research into the healthcare costs of diabetic patients in different medical specialties, as this will improve awareness about the economic impact and cost‐effectiveness issues related to this prevalent disease.

References
  1. International Diabetes Federation. Diabetes Prevalence. Available at: http://www.idf.org/home/index.cfm?node=264. Accessed April 2009.
  2. Narayan KMV,Boyle JP,Geiss LS,Saaddine JB,Thompson TJ.Impact of recent increase in incidence on future diabetes burden.Diabetes Care.2006;29:21142116.
  3. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Diabetes: Disabling Disease to Double by 2050. Available at: http://www.cdc.gov/nccdphp/publications/aag/ddt.htm. Accessed April 2009.
  4. American Diabetes Association. American Diabetes Month and World Diabetes Day Fact Sheet. Nov 2007. Available at: http://www.diabetes.org/uedocuments/adm‐full‐eMedia‐kit‐2007.pdf. Accessed April 2009.
  5. The Diabetes Epidemic Among Hispanics/Latinos. National Diabetes Education Program. Available at: http://ndep.nih.gov/diabetes/pubs/FS_HispLatino_Eng.pdf. Accessed April 2009.
  6. Chakravarthy MV,Booth FW.Eating, exercise, and “thrifty” genotypes: connecting the dots toward an evolutionary understanding of modern chronic diseases.J Appl Physiol.2004;96(1):310.
  7. American Diabetes Association. Direct and Indirect Costs of Diabetes in the United States. Available at: http://www.diabetes.org/diabetes‐statistics/cost‐of‐diabetes‐in‐us.jsp. Accessed April 2009.
  8. American Diabetes Association.Economic costs of diabetes in the U.S. in 2007.Diabetes Care.2008;31(3):596615.
  9. Walid MS,Woodall MN,Nutter JP,Ajjan M,Robinson JS.Causes and risk factors for postoperative fever in spine surgery patients.South Med J.2009;102(3):283286.
  10. Olsen MA,Nepple JJ,Riew KD, et al.Risk factors for surgical site infection following orthopaedic spinal operations.J Bone Joint Surg Am.2008;90(1):6269.
  11. Browne JA,Cook C,Pietrobon R,Bethel MA,Richardson WJ.Diabetes and early postoperative outcomes following lumbar fusion.Spine.2007;32(20):22142219.
  12. Merchant RA,Lui KL,Ismail NH,Wong HP,Sitoh YY.The relationship between postoperative complications and outcomes after hip fracture surgery.Ann Acad Med Singapore.2005;34(2):163168.
  13. Glassman SD,Alegre G,Carreon L,Dimar JR,Johnson JR.Perioperative complications of lumbar instrumentation and fusion in patients with diabetes mellitus.Spine J.2003;3(6):496501.
  14. Kawaguchi Y,Matsui H,Ishihara H,Gejo R,Yasuda T.Surgical outcome of cervical expansive laminoplasty in patients with diabetes mellitus.Spine.2000;25(5):551555.
  15. Bennett CM,Guo M,Dharmage SC.HbA(1c) as a screening tool for detection of Type 2 diabetes: a systematic review.Diabet Med.2007;24(4):333343.
  16. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. National Diabetes Fact Sheet. Available at: http://www.cdc.gov/diabetes/pubs/general.htm#impaired. Accessed April 2009.
  17. American Diabetes Association.Standards of medical care in diabetes—2007. Diabetes Care.2007;30(suppl 1):S4S41.
  18. Miller CD,Barnes CS,Phillips LS, et al.Rapid A1c availability improves clinical decision‐making in an urban primary care clinic.Diabetes Care.2003;26:11582116.
  19. Diabetes Monitor. What does my HbA1c result really mean? Available at: http://www.diabetesmonitor.com/m35.htm. Accessed April 2009.
  20. Edelman D,Olsen MK,Dudley TK,Harris AC,Oddone EZ.Utility of hemoglobin A1c in predicting diabetes risk.J Gen Intern Med.2004;19(12):11751180.
  21. Gustafsson I,Kistorp CN,James MK, et al.Unrecognized glycometabolic disturbance as measured by hemoglobin A1c is associated with a poor outcome after acute myocardial infarction.Am Heart J.2007;154:4702116.
  22. Chaudhary SB,Liporace FA,Gandhi A, et al.Complications of ankle fracture in patients with diabetes.J Am Acad Orthop Surg.2008;16(3):159170.
  23. Alexander CM,Landsman PB,Grundy SM.The influence of age and body mass index on the metabolic syndrome and its components.Diabetes Obes Metab.2008;10(3):246250.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(1)
Page Number
E10-E14
Legacy Keywords
age, body mass index, cost, diabetes mellitus, length of stay, spine surgery
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

Diabetes mellitus (DM) is a common chronic disease with a long downward course and serious systemic consequences. The percentage of the population with diagnosed diabetes continues to rise. In 2007, more than 246 million people had diabetes worldwide.1 In the United States, the diabetes rate was 5.8% in 2007, and is estimated to rise to 12% by 2050.2, 3 Many factors may contribute to this rise in the prevalence of diabetes, including higher prevalence of overweight and obesity, unhealthy diet, sedentary lifestyle, changes in diagnostic criteria, improved detection methods, decreasing mortality, a growing elderly population, and growth in minority populations with predisposition to diabetes; (ie, African Americans, Hispanics, and Native Americans).1, 4, 5 This is consistent with the thrifty genotype hypothesis, which explains the morbid prevalence of obesity, diabetes, and atherosclerosis‐related complications in modern times.6

The total estimated cost of diabetes in 2007 was $174 billion, including $116 billion in excess medical expenditures ($27 billion for direct diabetes care, $58 billion for treatment of diabetes‐related chronic complications, and $31 billion in excess general medical costs) and $58 billion in reduced national productivity.7 The largest component of medical expenditures that is attributed to diabetes has been hospital inpatient care (50% of total cost).8

Spine surgery is expensive and any factor that influences cost of surgery merits meticulous study, especially with the financial difficulties that the healthcare system is facing. Diabetic patients are known to be more vulnerable to postoperative complications such as fever, wound infection, foot drop, and nonunion than their nondiabetic peers.9‐13 In diabetic spine surgery patients, a negative correlation was reported between the recovery rate and the preoperative glycosylated hemoglobin (HbA1c) level.14 However, the potential impact of undiagnosed diabetes on these variables have not yet been extensively studied. In order to determine the prevalence of explicit DM and undiagnosed elevation of HBA1c among spine surgery patients and its impact on healthcare cost, we conducted the following study.

Patients and Methods

We retrospectively reviewed the charts of 556 spine surgery patients who were operated on between 2005 and 2007 and had 1 of 3 types of surgery: lumbar microdiscectomy (LMD), anterior cervical decompression and fusion (ACDF), and lumbar decompression and fusion (LDF). Information was collected about their diabetes history, HbA1c level, age, race, body mass index (BMI), comorbidities, length of stay (LOS), and total cost (hospital and physician). Due to the high percentage of glucose metabolism disturbance in the population and the many reports of increased postoperative complications related to diabetes, patients are routinely seen by an internist on the preoperative visit and they undergo electrocardiography and laboratory testing, including HbA1c. Hence HbA1c was recorded for 456 patients. We used 6.1% as a screening cutpoint for high HbA1c and classified patients to 4 groups according to their DM‐HbA1c status:15

  • Those with history of DM and HbA1c 6.1% (DM);

  • Those without history of DM and HbA1c 6.1% (subclinical HbA1c elevation);

  • Those with history of DM and HbA1c < 6.1% (well‐controlled DM);

  • Those without history of DM and HbA1c < 6.1% (no DM).

 

The second group was our main group of interest (subclinical, previously unknown HbA1c elevation). The third group (patients with well‐controlled DM, which is uncommon) was excluded (n = 14). To prevent confusion in the coming text, mentioning elevation of HbA1c will imply the second group, while the term diabetes will refer to the first group.

We calculated the percentages of nondiabetic patients, those with subclinical HbA1c elevation, and those with already known DM. We computed the mean (m) and standard deviation (SD) for cost, age, and BMI. Using SPSS v.16 (SPSS, Chicago, IL) we applied the analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) to determine the impact of DM‐HbA1c on total healthcare cost after controlling for type of surgery. We used analysis of variance (ANOVA) and post hoc Scheffe test to check for any significant differences in healthcare cost (hospital and surgery costs), age, gender, race, and BMI between the three DM‐HbA1c groups. Finally, we applied regression analysis to figure out significant factors/predictors of total cost in spine surgery patients beside type of surgery.

Results

After excluding the third group, we had 442 spine surgery patients, 26.7% LMD, 49.1% ACDF, and 24.2% LDF. They were 21‐92 years of age (over 60 years old = 41%), and nearly equally divided according to gender (48.2% males). They were mostly Caucasian (78.3% Caucasians and 21% African Americans). There were no Hispanics in the sample, which may be due to the small proportion of the Latino population living in Macon, GA.

Calculations showed that 72.4% of the above patients were nondiabetic, 14.3% were subclinical patients with elevated HbA1c, and 13.3% were already known, confirmed DM patients. Results showed that elevation of HbA1c was highest and diabetes was lowest in the LDF group, 16% and 10%, respectively. On the contrary, elevation of HbA1c was lowest and diabetes was highest in the LMD group, 13% and 20%, respectively (Figure 1).

Figure 1
DM‐HbA1c subgroups in spine surgery patients.

While analyzing the data, we took into consideration that the main cost‐determining factor was type of surgery (P < 0.001), so the pure impact of the DM‐HbA1c status on total cost was elicited by using ANCOVA and including type of surgery as a covariate. Table 1 shows the total cost for spine surgery patients per type of surgery and DM‐HbA1c status.

Length of Stay and Total Cost Per Type of Surgery and DM‐HbA1c Status
 LMDACDFLDF
No DMHbA1cDMNo DMHbA1cDMNo DMHbA1cDM
  • NOTE: Values are given as mean SD.

  • Abbreviations: ACDF, anterior cervical decompression and fusion; DM, already known diabetes; HbA1c, undiagnosed elevation of glycosylated hemoglobin without history of diabetes; LDF, lumbar decompression and fusion; LMD, lumbar microdiskectomy; LOS, length of stay; No DM, no diabetes.

LOS (days)2.75 4.3182.48 2.9262.48 1.9041.42 1.9841.43 1.1652.52 3.9914.68 2.5096.96 5.8975.55 3.616
Cost (dollars)23115 1460822306 770223644 706828363 767329420 613036748 3197054914 1403465974 1834161536 14527

As evident in Table 1 and confirmed by statistical analysis, DM‐HbA1c status was a very significant determinant (P < 0.01) of total cost. We performed ANOVA in each surgical category to determine the significance of differences in total cost between DM‐HbA1c status groups. There were significant differences in the LDF group between the no DM and subclinical groups (P < 0.05) in terms of cost and LOS, and in the ACDF group between patients without DM and those with already known DM in cost (P < 0.05). Figures 2 and 3 summarize the results mentioned above.

Figure 2
LOS in days (mean ± SD) per surgery type and DM‐HbA1c status.
Figure 3
Total cost in dollars (mean ± SD) per surgery type and DM‐HbA1c status.

As expected, age (P < 0.001) and BMI (P 0.01) were significantly different between DM‐HbA1c groups. Scheffe test showed significant difference between no DM and DM (P < 0.001) groups and between subclinical and DM groups (P < 0.01) regarding age and between no DM and DM groups (P < 0.05) regarding BMI. There was no difference (P > 0.05) between the three DM‐HbA1c groups regarding type of surgery. The subclinical patients with HbA1c elevation appeared to be as old as nondiabetic patients (P = 0.669) but as heavy as diabetic patients (P = 1.000).

The range of BMI in the sample was 17 to 52 with 36% over 30; (ie, obese) (Table 2). Regression analysis showed that type of surgery, age, and BMI were very significant predictors of total cost in spine surgery patients (P 0.001). In our study, total cost was not dependent on sex or race. Repeating analysis with age, BMI, or both as covariates (ANCOVA) deprives DM‐HbA1c status of statistical significance (P > 0.05).

Age and BMI Per Type of Surgery and DM‐HbA1c Status
 LMDACDFLDF
 No DMHbA1cDMNo DMHbA1cDMNo DMHbA1cDM
  • NOTE: Values are given as mean SD.

  • Abbreviations: ACDF, anterior cervical decompression and fusion; BMI, body mass index; DM, already known diabetes; HbA1c, undiagnosed elevation of glycosylated hemoglobin without history of diabetes; LDF, lumbar decompression and fusion; LMD, lumbar microdiskectomy; No DM, no diabetes.

Age (years)60 1459 1169 952 1058 960 1055 1354 1059 7
BMI (kg/m2)30 733 730 629 531 532 530 633 936 9

Concerning comorbidities that could affect HbA1c level, only 1.4% of patients had a history of advanced or chronic renal disease and none had hemoglobinopathy.

Discussion

According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), approximately 54 million people in the United States have prediabetes and nearly 21 million have diabetes.3 This places almost 25% of the population at risk for diabetic complications. Prediabetes is a term used to distinguish people who are at increased risk of developing diabetes. People with prediabetes have impaired fasting glucose (100‐125 mg/dL), impaired glucose tolerance (140‐199 mg/dL at 2 hours), or both.16 The actual national burden of diabetes most likely exceeds the $174 billion estimate because of excess medical costs associated with prediabetic patients.

Due to the impracticality of the 2 tests mentioned above as screening methods for diabetes and prediabetes, we used HbA1c to screen for glucose metabolism disturbance. This marker does not need overnight fasting or a 2‐hour glucose loading test. The HbA1c level gives an average of glycemic control over the previous 120 days, as red blood cells have a lifespan of 120 days. Although the use of HbA1c for the diagnosis of diabetes is not yet established, its availability at the time when the patient is seen (point‐of‐care testing) is a great advantage over fasting glucose and glucose tolerance tests.17, 18 The normal range for a person without diabetes is 4.3% to 5.9%.19 For most people with diabetes the American Diabetes Association recommends targeting an HbA1c of 7% or less. If HbA1c is 8% or higher, it means that the patient's blood glucose is not well‐controlled and he/she is at increased risk for developing diabetic complications. In this case, the patient needs modifications in his/her diet, physical activity, oral hypoglycemic medications, or insulin. It is uncommon to have patients with a history of diabetes and HbA1c < 6.1%. Our patient sample confirms this fact (n = 14). Therefore, it was not included in the statistical analysis.

The cutpoint 6.1% (2 SD above the mean) was the recommended cutoff point for HbA1c in most reviewed studies.15, 20 At the Diabetes Control and Complications Trial and Prospective Diabetes Study, the sensitivity of this cutpoint in detecting diabetes was 78% to 81% and specificity was 79% to 84%.15 HbA1c was shown to have less intraindividual variation and better predicts both microvascular and macrovascular complications.15 Although the current cost of HbA1c is higher than fasting plasma glucose, its feasibility as a screening tool for DM and as a predictor of its costly preventable complications may make it a cost‐effective choice.

Unrecognized glycometabolic disturbance as measured by HbA1c have recently been associated with poor outcomes, for example, after acute myocardial infarction.21 Postoperative complications in diabetic patients have been attributed to impairments in the immune system and microangiopathy. Patients with poorly regulated glucose levels are at an increased risk for developing infections. Once a person with diabetes has developed an infection, the body is less capable of fighting it off because high glucose levels interfere with the normal function of white blood cells. Moreover, dysfunction in the immune system impairs the inflammatory reaction in local tissues, which is further aggravated by the reduced blood supply due to diabetic microangiopathy. This results in considerable increase in the risk of soft‐tissue complications and significant delays in wound and bone healing.22

Our patient sample was classified according to chart and laboratory findings. The two criteria we used to classify them were a history of diabetes and HbA1c level 6.1%. Results show that patients unaware about their elevated HbA1c level are almost equal to the percentage of patients with history of diabetes. Combined, they make slightly more than 25% of spine surgery patients. These results are consistent with the CDC's estimate of the percentage of diabetes and prediabetes in the general population.3 Further analysis shows that age and BMI are significantly different between DM‐HbA1c groups, which is unsurprising since the correlation of diabetes with age and BMI is well‐established.23 Interestingly, the subclinical patients with elevated HbA1c appear to be as old as nondiabetic patients but as heavy as their diabetic peers. This is a remarkable finding that reflects the transitional status of these patients between non‐diabetes and diabetes. In addition, age and BMI were found to be very significant determinants of total cost in spine surgery patients. Actually, they were the reasons behind the statistical significance shown by the DM‐HbA1c status regarding cost as exposed by the ANCOVA.

This middle category of spine surgery patients with subclinical glucose metabolism disturbance seems to have important economic implications in terms of LOS and total cost in the LDF group. This may be due to the larger share of this middle subgroup in the LDF group of patients, as shown above. Besides, LDF patients stay longer and cost more than other spine surgery patients and consequently statistical differences between DM‐HbA1c subgroups are more evident. LDF is major surgery, with extensive dissection, greater blood loss, and longer operative time than other types of spine surgery and the patients are older and sicker. That may be why there was a more pronounced difference in LOS and cost between its 3 subgroups.

Overall, this work expands upon our understanding of the importance of diabetes and undiagnosed elevation of HbA1c in affecting cost following surgery. However, the study has several limitations that should be taken into consideration. Potential underreporting of diabetes in the patient's chart could skew the results, although this was unlikely due to the repetitive interview of patients on multiple occasions. In addition, HbA1c level could be affected by prescribed medications, which were not included in our inquiries. LOS and cost could also be influenced by non‐diabetes‐related factors that were not considered in the study. Finally, a bigger sample would have given more power to the results, although 556 patients is, without a doubt, not a small group.

Conclusions

There is a significant segment of spine surgery patients who learn of their disturbed glucose metabolism status for the first time on their preoperative visit. These patients require further investigation, with a fasting glucose test to confirm their diabetes status, and they need to start treatment early to prevent future complications.

HbA1c testing should be considered in the routine preoperative workup of spine surgery patients. This is a simple point‐of‐care test and its results can be obtained without delay. This will help improve early diagnosis of prediabetes and diabetes and may prevent the onset of type 2 diabetes, thus improving the patient's health and final outcome.

We need continuing research into the healthcare costs of diabetic patients in different medical specialties, as this will improve awareness about the economic impact and cost‐effectiveness issues related to this prevalent disease.

Diabetes mellitus (DM) is a common chronic disease with a long downward course and serious systemic consequences. The percentage of the population with diagnosed diabetes continues to rise. In 2007, more than 246 million people had diabetes worldwide.1 In the United States, the diabetes rate was 5.8% in 2007, and is estimated to rise to 12% by 2050.2, 3 Many factors may contribute to this rise in the prevalence of diabetes, including higher prevalence of overweight and obesity, unhealthy diet, sedentary lifestyle, changes in diagnostic criteria, improved detection methods, decreasing mortality, a growing elderly population, and growth in minority populations with predisposition to diabetes; (ie, African Americans, Hispanics, and Native Americans).1, 4, 5 This is consistent with the thrifty genotype hypothesis, which explains the morbid prevalence of obesity, diabetes, and atherosclerosis‐related complications in modern times.6

The total estimated cost of diabetes in 2007 was $174 billion, including $116 billion in excess medical expenditures ($27 billion for direct diabetes care, $58 billion for treatment of diabetes‐related chronic complications, and $31 billion in excess general medical costs) and $58 billion in reduced national productivity.7 The largest component of medical expenditures that is attributed to diabetes has been hospital inpatient care (50% of total cost).8

Spine surgery is expensive and any factor that influences cost of surgery merits meticulous study, especially with the financial difficulties that the healthcare system is facing. Diabetic patients are known to be more vulnerable to postoperative complications such as fever, wound infection, foot drop, and nonunion than their nondiabetic peers.9‐13 In diabetic spine surgery patients, a negative correlation was reported between the recovery rate and the preoperative glycosylated hemoglobin (HbA1c) level.14 However, the potential impact of undiagnosed diabetes on these variables have not yet been extensively studied. In order to determine the prevalence of explicit DM and undiagnosed elevation of HBA1c among spine surgery patients and its impact on healthcare cost, we conducted the following study.

Patients and Methods

We retrospectively reviewed the charts of 556 spine surgery patients who were operated on between 2005 and 2007 and had 1 of 3 types of surgery: lumbar microdiscectomy (LMD), anterior cervical decompression and fusion (ACDF), and lumbar decompression and fusion (LDF). Information was collected about their diabetes history, HbA1c level, age, race, body mass index (BMI), comorbidities, length of stay (LOS), and total cost (hospital and physician). Due to the high percentage of glucose metabolism disturbance in the population and the many reports of increased postoperative complications related to diabetes, patients are routinely seen by an internist on the preoperative visit and they undergo electrocardiography and laboratory testing, including HbA1c. Hence HbA1c was recorded for 456 patients. We used 6.1% as a screening cutpoint for high HbA1c and classified patients to 4 groups according to their DM‐HbA1c status:15

  • Those with history of DM and HbA1c 6.1% (DM);

  • Those without history of DM and HbA1c 6.1% (subclinical HbA1c elevation);

  • Those with history of DM and HbA1c < 6.1% (well‐controlled DM);

  • Those without history of DM and HbA1c < 6.1% (no DM).

 

The second group was our main group of interest (subclinical, previously unknown HbA1c elevation). The third group (patients with well‐controlled DM, which is uncommon) was excluded (n = 14). To prevent confusion in the coming text, mentioning elevation of HbA1c will imply the second group, while the term diabetes will refer to the first group.

We calculated the percentages of nondiabetic patients, those with subclinical HbA1c elevation, and those with already known DM. We computed the mean (m) and standard deviation (SD) for cost, age, and BMI. Using SPSS v.16 (SPSS, Chicago, IL) we applied the analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) to determine the impact of DM‐HbA1c on total healthcare cost after controlling for type of surgery. We used analysis of variance (ANOVA) and post hoc Scheffe test to check for any significant differences in healthcare cost (hospital and surgery costs), age, gender, race, and BMI between the three DM‐HbA1c groups. Finally, we applied regression analysis to figure out significant factors/predictors of total cost in spine surgery patients beside type of surgery.

Results

After excluding the third group, we had 442 spine surgery patients, 26.7% LMD, 49.1% ACDF, and 24.2% LDF. They were 21‐92 years of age (over 60 years old = 41%), and nearly equally divided according to gender (48.2% males). They were mostly Caucasian (78.3% Caucasians and 21% African Americans). There were no Hispanics in the sample, which may be due to the small proportion of the Latino population living in Macon, GA.

Calculations showed that 72.4% of the above patients were nondiabetic, 14.3% were subclinical patients with elevated HbA1c, and 13.3% were already known, confirmed DM patients. Results showed that elevation of HbA1c was highest and diabetes was lowest in the LDF group, 16% and 10%, respectively. On the contrary, elevation of HbA1c was lowest and diabetes was highest in the LMD group, 13% and 20%, respectively (Figure 1).

Figure 1
DM‐HbA1c subgroups in spine surgery patients.

While analyzing the data, we took into consideration that the main cost‐determining factor was type of surgery (P < 0.001), so the pure impact of the DM‐HbA1c status on total cost was elicited by using ANCOVA and including type of surgery as a covariate. Table 1 shows the total cost for spine surgery patients per type of surgery and DM‐HbA1c status.

Length of Stay and Total Cost Per Type of Surgery and DM‐HbA1c Status
 LMDACDFLDF
No DMHbA1cDMNo DMHbA1cDMNo DMHbA1cDM
  • NOTE: Values are given as mean SD.

  • Abbreviations: ACDF, anterior cervical decompression and fusion; DM, already known diabetes; HbA1c, undiagnosed elevation of glycosylated hemoglobin without history of diabetes; LDF, lumbar decompression and fusion; LMD, lumbar microdiskectomy; LOS, length of stay; No DM, no diabetes.

LOS (days)2.75 4.3182.48 2.9262.48 1.9041.42 1.9841.43 1.1652.52 3.9914.68 2.5096.96 5.8975.55 3.616
Cost (dollars)23115 1460822306 770223644 706828363 767329420 613036748 3197054914 1403465974 1834161536 14527

As evident in Table 1 and confirmed by statistical analysis, DM‐HbA1c status was a very significant determinant (P < 0.01) of total cost. We performed ANOVA in each surgical category to determine the significance of differences in total cost between DM‐HbA1c status groups. There were significant differences in the LDF group between the no DM and subclinical groups (P < 0.05) in terms of cost and LOS, and in the ACDF group between patients without DM and those with already known DM in cost (P < 0.05). Figures 2 and 3 summarize the results mentioned above.

Figure 2
LOS in days (mean ± SD) per surgery type and DM‐HbA1c status.
Figure 3
Total cost in dollars (mean ± SD) per surgery type and DM‐HbA1c status.

As expected, age (P < 0.001) and BMI (P 0.01) were significantly different between DM‐HbA1c groups. Scheffe test showed significant difference between no DM and DM (P < 0.001) groups and between subclinical and DM groups (P < 0.01) regarding age and between no DM and DM groups (P < 0.05) regarding BMI. There was no difference (P > 0.05) between the three DM‐HbA1c groups regarding type of surgery. The subclinical patients with HbA1c elevation appeared to be as old as nondiabetic patients (P = 0.669) but as heavy as diabetic patients (P = 1.000).

The range of BMI in the sample was 17 to 52 with 36% over 30; (ie, obese) (Table 2). Regression analysis showed that type of surgery, age, and BMI were very significant predictors of total cost in spine surgery patients (P 0.001). In our study, total cost was not dependent on sex or race. Repeating analysis with age, BMI, or both as covariates (ANCOVA) deprives DM‐HbA1c status of statistical significance (P > 0.05).

Age and BMI Per Type of Surgery and DM‐HbA1c Status
 LMDACDFLDF
 No DMHbA1cDMNo DMHbA1cDMNo DMHbA1cDM
  • NOTE: Values are given as mean SD.

  • Abbreviations: ACDF, anterior cervical decompression and fusion; BMI, body mass index; DM, already known diabetes; HbA1c, undiagnosed elevation of glycosylated hemoglobin without history of diabetes; LDF, lumbar decompression and fusion; LMD, lumbar microdiskectomy; No DM, no diabetes.

Age (years)60 1459 1169 952 1058 960 1055 1354 1059 7
BMI (kg/m2)30 733 730 629 531 532 530 633 936 9

Concerning comorbidities that could affect HbA1c level, only 1.4% of patients had a history of advanced or chronic renal disease and none had hemoglobinopathy.

Discussion

According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), approximately 54 million people in the United States have prediabetes and nearly 21 million have diabetes.3 This places almost 25% of the population at risk for diabetic complications. Prediabetes is a term used to distinguish people who are at increased risk of developing diabetes. People with prediabetes have impaired fasting glucose (100‐125 mg/dL), impaired glucose tolerance (140‐199 mg/dL at 2 hours), or both.16 The actual national burden of diabetes most likely exceeds the $174 billion estimate because of excess medical costs associated with prediabetic patients.

Due to the impracticality of the 2 tests mentioned above as screening methods for diabetes and prediabetes, we used HbA1c to screen for glucose metabolism disturbance. This marker does not need overnight fasting or a 2‐hour glucose loading test. The HbA1c level gives an average of glycemic control over the previous 120 days, as red blood cells have a lifespan of 120 days. Although the use of HbA1c for the diagnosis of diabetes is not yet established, its availability at the time when the patient is seen (point‐of‐care testing) is a great advantage over fasting glucose and glucose tolerance tests.17, 18 The normal range for a person without diabetes is 4.3% to 5.9%.19 For most people with diabetes the American Diabetes Association recommends targeting an HbA1c of 7% or less. If HbA1c is 8% or higher, it means that the patient's blood glucose is not well‐controlled and he/she is at increased risk for developing diabetic complications. In this case, the patient needs modifications in his/her diet, physical activity, oral hypoglycemic medications, or insulin. It is uncommon to have patients with a history of diabetes and HbA1c < 6.1%. Our patient sample confirms this fact (n = 14). Therefore, it was not included in the statistical analysis.

The cutpoint 6.1% (2 SD above the mean) was the recommended cutoff point for HbA1c in most reviewed studies.15, 20 At the Diabetes Control and Complications Trial and Prospective Diabetes Study, the sensitivity of this cutpoint in detecting diabetes was 78% to 81% and specificity was 79% to 84%.15 HbA1c was shown to have less intraindividual variation and better predicts both microvascular and macrovascular complications.15 Although the current cost of HbA1c is higher than fasting plasma glucose, its feasibility as a screening tool for DM and as a predictor of its costly preventable complications may make it a cost‐effective choice.

Unrecognized glycometabolic disturbance as measured by HbA1c have recently been associated with poor outcomes, for example, after acute myocardial infarction.21 Postoperative complications in diabetic patients have been attributed to impairments in the immune system and microangiopathy. Patients with poorly regulated glucose levels are at an increased risk for developing infections. Once a person with diabetes has developed an infection, the body is less capable of fighting it off because high glucose levels interfere with the normal function of white blood cells. Moreover, dysfunction in the immune system impairs the inflammatory reaction in local tissues, which is further aggravated by the reduced blood supply due to diabetic microangiopathy. This results in considerable increase in the risk of soft‐tissue complications and significant delays in wound and bone healing.22

Our patient sample was classified according to chart and laboratory findings. The two criteria we used to classify them were a history of diabetes and HbA1c level 6.1%. Results show that patients unaware about their elevated HbA1c level are almost equal to the percentage of patients with history of diabetes. Combined, they make slightly more than 25% of spine surgery patients. These results are consistent with the CDC's estimate of the percentage of diabetes and prediabetes in the general population.3 Further analysis shows that age and BMI are significantly different between DM‐HbA1c groups, which is unsurprising since the correlation of diabetes with age and BMI is well‐established.23 Interestingly, the subclinical patients with elevated HbA1c appear to be as old as nondiabetic patients but as heavy as their diabetic peers. This is a remarkable finding that reflects the transitional status of these patients between non‐diabetes and diabetes. In addition, age and BMI were found to be very significant determinants of total cost in spine surgery patients. Actually, they were the reasons behind the statistical significance shown by the DM‐HbA1c status regarding cost as exposed by the ANCOVA.

This middle category of spine surgery patients with subclinical glucose metabolism disturbance seems to have important economic implications in terms of LOS and total cost in the LDF group. This may be due to the larger share of this middle subgroup in the LDF group of patients, as shown above. Besides, LDF patients stay longer and cost more than other spine surgery patients and consequently statistical differences between DM‐HbA1c subgroups are more evident. LDF is major surgery, with extensive dissection, greater blood loss, and longer operative time than other types of spine surgery and the patients are older and sicker. That may be why there was a more pronounced difference in LOS and cost between its 3 subgroups.

Overall, this work expands upon our understanding of the importance of diabetes and undiagnosed elevation of HbA1c in affecting cost following surgery. However, the study has several limitations that should be taken into consideration. Potential underreporting of diabetes in the patient's chart could skew the results, although this was unlikely due to the repetitive interview of patients on multiple occasions. In addition, HbA1c level could be affected by prescribed medications, which were not included in our inquiries. LOS and cost could also be influenced by non‐diabetes‐related factors that were not considered in the study. Finally, a bigger sample would have given more power to the results, although 556 patients is, without a doubt, not a small group.

Conclusions

There is a significant segment of spine surgery patients who learn of their disturbed glucose metabolism status for the first time on their preoperative visit. These patients require further investigation, with a fasting glucose test to confirm their diabetes status, and they need to start treatment early to prevent future complications.

HbA1c testing should be considered in the routine preoperative workup of spine surgery patients. This is a simple point‐of‐care test and its results can be obtained without delay. This will help improve early diagnosis of prediabetes and diabetes and may prevent the onset of type 2 diabetes, thus improving the patient's health and final outcome.

We need continuing research into the healthcare costs of diabetic patients in different medical specialties, as this will improve awareness about the economic impact and cost‐effectiveness issues related to this prevalent disease.

References
  1. International Diabetes Federation. Diabetes Prevalence. Available at: http://www.idf.org/home/index.cfm?node=264. Accessed April 2009.
  2. Narayan KMV,Boyle JP,Geiss LS,Saaddine JB,Thompson TJ.Impact of recent increase in incidence on future diabetes burden.Diabetes Care.2006;29:21142116.
  3. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Diabetes: Disabling Disease to Double by 2050. Available at: http://www.cdc.gov/nccdphp/publications/aag/ddt.htm. Accessed April 2009.
  4. American Diabetes Association. American Diabetes Month and World Diabetes Day Fact Sheet. Nov 2007. Available at: http://www.diabetes.org/uedocuments/adm‐full‐eMedia‐kit‐2007.pdf. Accessed April 2009.
  5. The Diabetes Epidemic Among Hispanics/Latinos. National Diabetes Education Program. Available at: http://ndep.nih.gov/diabetes/pubs/FS_HispLatino_Eng.pdf. Accessed April 2009.
  6. Chakravarthy MV,Booth FW.Eating, exercise, and “thrifty” genotypes: connecting the dots toward an evolutionary understanding of modern chronic diseases.J Appl Physiol.2004;96(1):310.
  7. American Diabetes Association. Direct and Indirect Costs of Diabetes in the United States. Available at: http://www.diabetes.org/diabetes‐statistics/cost‐of‐diabetes‐in‐us.jsp. Accessed April 2009.
  8. American Diabetes Association.Economic costs of diabetes in the U.S. in 2007.Diabetes Care.2008;31(3):596615.
  9. Walid MS,Woodall MN,Nutter JP,Ajjan M,Robinson JS.Causes and risk factors for postoperative fever in spine surgery patients.South Med J.2009;102(3):283286.
  10. Olsen MA,Nepple JJ,Riew KD, et al.Risk factors for surgical site infection following orthopaedic spinal operations.J Bone Joint Surg Am.2008;90(1):6269.
  11. Browne JA,Cook C,Pietrobon R,Bethel MA,Richardson WJ.Diabetes and early postoperative outcomes following lumbar fusion.Spine.2007;32(20):22142219.
  12. Merchant RA,Lui KL,Ismail NH,Wong HP,Sitoh YY.The relationship between postoperative complications and outcomes after hip fracture surgery.Ann Acad Med Singapore.2005;34(2):163168.
  13. Glassman SD,Alegre G,Carreon L,Dimar JR,Johnson JR.Perioperative complications of lumbar instrumentation and fusion in patients with diabetes mellitus.Spine J.2003;3(6):496501.
  14. Kawaguchi Y,Matsui H,Ishihara H,Gejo R,Yasuda T.Surgical outcome of cervical expansive laminoplasty in patients with diabetes mellitus.Spine.2000;25(5):551555.
  15. Bennett CM,Guo M,Dharmage SC.HbA(1c) as a screening tool for detection of Type 2 diabetes: a systematic review.Diabet Med.2007;24(4):333343.
  16. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. National Diabetes Fact Sheet. Available at: http://www.cdc.gov/diabetes/pubs/general.htm#impaired. Accessed April 2009.
  17. American Diabetes Association.Standards of medical care in diabetes—2007. Diabetes Care.2007;30(suppl 1):S4S41.
  18. Miller CD,Barnes CS,Phillips LS, et al.Rapid A1c availability improves clinical decision‐making in an urban primary care clinic.Diabetes Care.2003;26:11582116.
  19. Diabetes Monitor. What does my HbA1c result really mean? Available at: http://www.diabetesmonitor.com/m35.htm. Accessed April 2009.
  20. Edelman D,Olsen MK,Dudley TK,Harris AC,Oddone EZ.Utility of hemoglobin A1c in predicting diabetes risk.J Gen Intern Med.2004;19(12):11751180.
  21. Gustafsson I,Kistorp CN,James MK, et al.Unrecognized glycometabolic disturbance as measured by hemoglobin A1c is associated with a poor outcome after acute myocardial infarction.Am Heart J.2007;154:4702116.
  22. Chaudhary SB,Liporace FA,Gandhi A, et al.Complications of ankle fracture in patients with diabetes.J Am Acad Orthop Surg.2008;16(3):159170.
  23. Alexander CM,Landsman PB,Grundy SM.The influence of age and body mass index on the metabolic syndrome and its components.Diabetes Obes Metab.2008;10(3):246250.
References
  1. International Diabetes Federation. Diabetes Prevalence. Available at: http://www.idf.org/home/index.cfm?node=264. Accessed April 2009.
  2. Narayan KMV,Boyle JP,Geiss LS,Saaddine JB,Thompson TJ.Impact of recent increase in incidence on future diabetes burden.Diabetes Care.2006;29:21142116.
  3. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Diabetes: Disabling Disease to Double by 2050. Available at: http://www.cdc.gov/nccdphp/publications/aag/ddt.htm. Accessed April 2009.
  4. American Diabetes Association. American Diabetes Month and World Diabetes Day Fact Sheet. Nov 2007. Available at: http://www.diabetes.org/uedocuments/adm‐full‐eMedia‐kit‐2007.pdf. Accessed April 2009.
  5. The Diabetes Epidemic Among Hispanics/Latinos. National Diabetes Education Program. Available at: http://ndep.nih.gov/diabetes/pubs/FS_HispLatino_Eng.pdf. Accessed April 2009.
  6. Chakravarthy MV,Booth FW.Eating, exercise, and “thrifty” genotypes: connecting the dots toward an evolutionary understanding of modern chronic diseases.J Appl Physiol.2004;96(1):310.
  7. American Diabetes Association. Direct and Indirect Costs of Diabetes in the United States. Available at: http://www.diabetes.org/diabetes‐statistics/cost‐of‐diabetes‐in‐us.jsp. Accessed April 2009.
  8. American Diabetes Association.Economic costs of diabetes in the U.S. in 2007.Diabetes Care.2008;31(3):596615.
  9. Walid MS,Woodall MN,Nutter JP,Ajjan M,Robinson JS.Causes and risk factors for postoperative fever in spine surgery patients.South Med J.2009;102(3):283286.
  10. Olsen MA,Nepple JJ,Riew KD, et al.Risk factors for surgical site infection following orthopaedic spinal operations.J Bone Joint Surg Am.2008;90(1):6269.
  11. Browne JA,Cook C,Pietrobon R,Bethel MA,Richardson WJ.Diabetes and early postoperative outcomes following lumbar fusion.Spine.2007;32(20):22142219.
  12. Merchant RA,Lui KL,Ismail NH,Wong HP,Sitoh YY.The relationship between postoperative complications and outcomes after hip fracture surgery.Ann Acad Med Singapore.2005;34(2):163168.
  13. Glassman SD,Alegre G,Carreon L,Dimar JR,Johnson JR.Perioperative complications of lumbar instrumentation and fusion in patients with diabetes mellitus.Spine J.2003;3(6):496501.
  14. Kawaguchi Y,Matsui H,Ishihara H,Gejo R,Yasuda T.Surgical outcome of cervical expansive laminoplasty in patients with diabetes mellitus.Spine.2000;25(5):551555.
  15. Bennett CM,Guo M,Dharmage SC.HbA(1c) as a screening tool for detection of Type 2 diabetes: a systematic review.Diabet Med.2007;24(4):333343.
  16. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. National Diabetes Fact Sheet. Available at: http://www.cdc.gov/diabetes/pubs/general.htm#impaired. Accessed April 2009.
  17. American Diabetes Association.Standards of medical care in diabetes—2007. Diabetes Care.2007;30(suppl 1):S4S41.
  18. Miller CD,Barnes CS,Phillips LS, et al.Rapid A1c availability improves clinical decision‐making in an urban primary care clinic.Diabetes Care.2003;26:11582116.
  19. Diabetes Monitor. What does my HbA1c result really mean? Available at: http://www.diabetesmonitor.com/m35.htm. Accessed April 2009.
  20. Edelman D,Olsen MK,Dudley TK,Harris AC,Oddone EZ.Utility of hemoglobin A1c in predicting diabetes risk.J Gen Intern Med.2004;19(12):11751180.
  21. Gustafsson I,Kistorp CN,James MK, et al.Unrecognized glycometabolic disturbance as measured by hemoglobin A1c is associated with a poor outcome after acute myocardial infarction.Am Heart J.2007;154:4702116.
  22. Chaudhary SB,Liporace FA,Gandhi A, et al.Complications of ankle fracture in patients with diabetes.J Am Acad Orthop Surg.2008;16(3):159170.
  23. Alexander CM,Landsman PB,Grundy SM.The influence of age and body mass index on the metabolic syndrome and its components.Diabetes Obes Metab.2008;10(3):246250.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(1)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(1)
Page Number
E10-E14
Page Number
E10-E14
Article Type
Display Headline
Prevalence of previously unknown elevation of glycosylated hemoglobin in spine surgery patients and impact on length of stay and total cost
Display Headline
Prevalence of previously unknown elevation of glycosylated hemoglobin in spine surgery patients and impact on length of stay and total cost
Legacy Keywords
age, body mass index, cost, diabetes mellitus, length of stay, spine surgery
Legacy Keywords
age, body mass index, cost, diabetes mellitus, length of stay, spine surgery
Sections
Article Source

Copyright © 2010 Society of Hospital Medicine

Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Medical Center of Central Georgia, 840 Pine Street, Suite 880, Macon, GA 31201
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Prevention of Hospital‐Acquired VTE

Article Type
Changed
Sun, 05/28/2017 - 20:35
Display Headline
Optimizing prevention of hospital‐acquired venous thromboembolism (VTE): Prospective validation of a VTE risk assessment model

Pulmonary embolism (PE) and deep vein thrombosis (DVT), collectively referred to as venous thromboembolism (VTE), represent a major public health problem, affecting hundreds of thousands of Americans each year.1 The best estimates are that at least 100,000 deaths are attributable to VTE each year in the United States alone.1 VTE is primarily a problem of hospitalized and recently‐hospitalized patients.2 Although a recent meta‐analysis did not prove mortality benefit of prophylaxis in the medical population,3 PE is frequently estimated to be the most common preventable cause of hospital death.46

Pharmacologic methods to prevent VTE are safe, effective, cost‐effective, and advocated by authoritative guidelines.7 Even though the majority of medical and surgical inpatients have multiple risk factors for VTE, large prospective studies continue to demonstrate that these preventive methods are significantly underutilized, often with only 30% to 50% eligible patients receiving prophylaxis.812

The reasons for this underutilization include lack of physician familiarity or agreement with guidelines, underestimation of VTE risk, concern over risk of bleeding, and the perception that the guidelines are resource‐intensive or difficult to implement in a practical fashion.13 While many VTE risk‐assessment models are available in the literature,1418 a lack of prospectively validated models and issues regarding ease of use have further hampered widespread integration of VTE risk assessments into order sets and inpatient practice.

We sought to optimize prevention of hospital‐acquired (HA) VTE in our 350‐bed tertiary‐care academic center using a VTE prevention protocol and a multifaceted approach that could be replicated across a wide variety of medical centers.

Patients and Methods

Study Design

We developed, implemented, and refined a VTE prevention protocol and examined the impact of our efforts. We observed adult inpatients on a longitudinal basis for the prevalence of adequate VTE prophylaxis and for the incidence of HA VTE throughout a 36‐month period from calendar year 2005 through 2007, and performed a retrospective analysis for any potential adverse effects of increased VTE prophylaxis. The project adhered to the HIPAA requirements for privacy involving health‐related data from human research participants. The study was approved by the Institutional Review Board of the University of California, San Diego, which waived the requirement for individual patient informed consent.

We included all hospitalized adult patients (medical and surgical services) at our medical center in our observations and interventions, including patients of all ethnic groups, geriatric patients, prisoners, and the socially and economically disadvantaged in our population. Exclusion criteria were age under 14 years, and hospitalization on Psychiatry or Obstetrics/Gynecology services.

Development of a VTE Risk‐assessment Model and VTE Prevention Protocol

A core multidisciplinary team with hospitalists, pulmonary critical care VTE experts, pharmacists, nurses, and information specialists was formed. After gaining administrative support for standardization, we worked with medical staff leaders to gain consensus on a VTE prevention protocol for all medical and surgical areas from mid‐2005 through mid‐2006. The VTE prevention protocol included the elements of VTE risk stratification, definitions of adequate VTE prevention measures linked to the level of VTE risk, and definitions for contraindications to pharmacologic prophylactic measures. We piloted risk‐assessment model (RAM) drafts for ease of use and clarity, using rapid cycle feedback from pharmacy residents, house staff, and medical staff attending physicians. Models often cited in the literature15, 18 that include point‐based scoring of VTE risk factors (with prophylaxis choices hinging on the additive sum of scoring) were rejected based on the pilot experience.

We adopted a simple model with 3 levels of VTE risk that could be completed by the physician in seconds, and then proceeded to integrate this RAM into standardized data collection instruments and eventually (April 2006) into a computerized provider order entry (CPOE) order set (Siemmens Invision v26). Each level of VTE risk was firmly linked to a menu of acceptable prophylaxis options (Table 1). Simple text cues were used to define risk assessment, with more exhaustive listings of risk factors being relegated to accessible reference tables.

Three‐tier VTE Risk Assessment with Prevention Measures for Each Level of Risk
LowModerateHigh
  • NOTE: IPC indicated for contraindications to pharmacologic prophylaxis.

  • Abbreviations: ESRD, end‐stage renal disease; INR, international normalized ratio; IPC, intermittent pneumatic compression devices; LMWH, low‐molecular‐weight heparin; LOS, length of stay; q, dose every; SC, subcutaneously; SCI, spinal cord injury; UFH, unfractionated heparin; VTE, venous thromboembolism.

Ambulatory patient without VTE risk factors; observation patient with expected LOS 2 days; same day surgery or minor surgeryAll other patients (not in low‐risk or high‐risk category); most medical/surgical patients; respiratory insufficiency, heart failure, acute infectious, or inflammatory diseaseLower extremity arthroplasty; hip, pelvic, or severe lower extremity fractures; acute SCI with paresis; multiple major trauma; abdominal or pelvic surgery for cancer
Early ambulationUFH 5000 units SC q 8 hours; OR LMWH q day; OR UFH 5000 units SC q 12 hours (if weight < 50 kg or age > 75 years); AND suggest adding IPCLMWH (UFH if ESRD); OR fondaparinux 2.5 mg SC daily; OR warfarin, INR 2‐3; AND IPC (unless not feasible)

Intermittent pneumatic compression devices were endorsed as an adjunct in all patients in the highest risk level, and as the primary method in patients with contraindications to pharmacologic prophylaxis. Aspirin was deemed an inappropriate choice for VTE prophylaxis. Subcutaneous unfractionated or low‐molecular‐weight heparin were endorsed as the primary method of prophylaxis for the majority of patients without contraindications.

Integration of the VTE Protocol into Order Sets

An essential strategy for the success of the VTE protocol included integrating guidance for the physician into the flow of patient care, via standardized order sets. The CPOE VTE prevention order set was modular by design, as opposed to a stand alone design. After conferring with appropriate stakeholders, preexisting and nonstandardized prompts for VTE prophylaxis were removed from commonly used order sets, and the standardized module was inserted in its place. This allowed for integration of the standardized VTE prevention module into all admission and transfer order sets, essentially insuring that all patients admitted or transferred within the medical center would be exposed to the protocol. Physicians using a variety of admission and transfer order sets were prompted to select each patient's risk for VTE, and declare the presence or absence of contraindications to pharmacologic prophylaxis. Only the VTE prevention options most appropriate for the patient's VTE and anticoagulation risk profile were presented as the default choice for VTE prophylaxis. Explicit designation of VTE risk level and a prophylaxis choice were presented in a hard stop mechanism, and utilization of these orders was therefore mandatory, not optional. Proper use (such as the proper classification of VTE risk by the ordering physician) was actively monitored on an auditing basis, and order sets were modified occasionally on the basis of subjective and objective feedback.

Assessment of VTE Risk Assessment Interobserver Agreement

Data from 150 randomly selected patients from the audit pool (from late 2005 through mid‐2006) were abstracted by the nurse practitioner in a detailed manner. Five independent reviewers assessed each patient for VTE risk level, and for a determination of whether or not they were on adequate VTE prophylaxis on the day of the audit per protocol. Interobserver agreement was calculated for these parameters using kappa scores.

Prospective Monitoring of Adequate VTE Prophylaxis

A daily medical center inpatient census report of eligible patients in the medical center for >48 hours was downloaded into an Microsoft Excel spreadsheet, with each patient assigned a consecutive number. The Excel random number generator plug‐in function was used to generate a randomly sequenced list of the patients. The research nurse practitioner targeted serial patients on the list for further study, until she accomplished the requisite number of audits each day. The mean number of audits per month declined over the study years as the trends stabilized and as grant funding expired, but remained robust throughout (2005: 107 audits per month; 2006: 80 audits per month; and 2007: 57 audits per month).

The data collected on each patient randomly selected for audit included age, gender, location, service, date and time of review, and date of admission. The audit VTE RAM (identical to the VTE RAM incorporated into the order set), was used to classify each patient's VTE risk as low, moderate, or high. For each audit, we determined if the patient was on an adequate VTE prevention regimen consistent with our protocol, given their VTE risk level, demographics, and absence or presence of contraindications to pharmacologic prophylaxis. All questionable cases were reviewed by at least 2 physicians at weekly meetings with a final consensus determination. Adequacy of the VTE regimen was judged by orders entered on the day of the audit, but we also noted whether or not ordered intermittent compression devices were in place and functioning at the time of the audit.

Prospective (Concurrent) Discovery and Analysis of VTE Cases

The team nurse practitioner used the PACS radiology reporting and archival system (IMPAX version 4.5; AGFA Healthcare Informatics, Greenville, SC) to identify all new diagnoses of VTE, in the process described below.

Procedure codes for following studies were entered into the IMPAX search engine to locate all such exams performed in the previous 1 to 3 days:

  • Ultrasound exams of the neck, upper extremities, and lower extremities;

  • Computed tomography (CT) angiograms of the chest;

  • Ventilation/perfusion nuclear medicine scans; and

  • Pulmonary angiograms.

 

Negative studies and studies that revealed unchanged chronic thromboses were excluded, while clots with a chronic appearance but no evidence of prior diagnosis were included. Iliofemoral, popliteal, calf vein, subclavian, internal and external jugular vein, and axillary vein thromboses were therefore included, as were all PEs. Less common locations, such as renal vein and cavernous sinus thromboses, were excluded. The improvement/research team exerted no influence over decisions about whether or not testing was done.

Each new case of VTE was then classified as HA VTE or community‐acquired VTE. A new VTE was classified as HA if the diagnosis was first suspected and made in the hospital. A newly diagnosed VTE was also classified as HA if the VTE was suspected in the ambulatory setting, but the patient had been hospitalized within the arbitrary window of the preceding 30 days.

Each new diagnosis of HA VTE was reviewed by core members of the multidisciplinary support team. This investigation included a determination of whether the patient was on an adequate VTE prophylaxis regimen at the time of the HA VTE, using the RAM and linked prophylaxis menu described above. The VTE prevention regimen ordered at the time the inpatient developed the HA VTE was classified as adherent or nonadherent to the University of California, San Diego (UCSD) protocol: patients who developed VTE when on suboptimal prophylaxis per protocol were classified as having a potentially preventable case. Potentially iatrogenic precipitants of VTE (such as the presence of a central venous catheter or restraints) were also noted. All data were entered into a Microsoft Access database for ease of retrieval and reporting.

All tests for VTE were performed based on clinical signs and symptoms, rather than routine screening, except for the Trauma and Burn services, which also screen for VTE in high‐risk patients per their established screening protocols.

Statistical Analysis of VTE Prophylaxis and HA VTE Cases

Gender differences between cases of VTE and randomly sampled and audited inpatients were examined by chi‐square analysis, and analysis of variance (ANOVA) was used to examine any age or body mass index (BMI) differences between audits and cases.

The unadjusted risk ratio (RR) for adequate prophylaxis was compared by year, with year 2005 being the baseline (comparison) year, by chi‐square analysis.

The unadjusted RR of HA VTE was calculated by dividing the number of cases found in the calendar year by the hospital census of adult inpatients at risk. For each case, a classification for the type of VTE (PE vs. DVT vs. combinations) was recorded. Cases not receiving adequate prophylaxis were categorized as preventable DVT. Unadjusted RRs were calculated for each year by chi‐square analysis, compared to the baseline (2005) year.

All data were analyzed using Stata (version 10; Stata Corp., College Station, TX). Results for the different analysis were considered significant at P < 0.05.

Retrospective Study of Unintentional Adverse Effects

The increase in anticoagulant use accompanying the introduction of the VTE prophylaxis order set warranted an evaluation of any subsequent rise in related adverse events. A study was done to determine the rates of bleeding and heparin‐induced thrombocytopenia (HIT) before and after the implementation of the VTE prophylaxis order set.

A retrospective analysis was conducted to evaluate outcomes in our inpatients from December 2004 through November 2006, with April to November, 2006 representing the post‐order set implementation time period. Any patient with a discharge diagnosis code of e934.2 (anticoagulant‐related adverse event) was selected for study to identify possible bleeding attributable to pharmacologic VTE prophylaxis. Major or minor bleeding attributable to pharmacologic VTE prophylaxis was defined as a bleed occurring 72 hours after receiving pharmacologic VTE prophylaxis. Major bleeding was defined as cerebrovascular, gastrointestinal, retroperitoneal, or overt bleeding with a decrease in hemoglobin 2 mg/dL with clinical symptoms such as hypotension or hypoxia (not associated with hemodialysis) or transfusion of 2 units of packed red blood cells. Minor bleeding was defined as ecchymosis, epistaxis, hematoma, hematuria, hemoptysis, petechiae, or bleeding without a decrease in hemoglobin 2 g/dL.

Possible cases of HIT were identified by screening for a concomitant secondary thrombocytopenia code (287.4). Chart review was then conducted to determine a causal relationship between the use of pharmacologic VTE prophylaxis and adverse events during the hospital stay. HIT attributable to pharmacologic VTE prophylaxis was determined by assessing if patients developed any of the following clinical criteria after receiving pharmacologic VTE prophylaxis: platelet count <150 109/L or 50% decrease from baseline, with or without an associated venous or arterial thrombosis or other sequelae (skin lesions at injection site, acute systemic reaction) and/or a positive heparin‐induced platelet activation (HIPA) test. In order to receive a diagnosis of HIT, thrombocytopenia must have occurred between days 5 to 15 of heparin therapy, unless existing evidence suggested that the patient developed rapid‐onset HIT or delayed‐onset HIT. Rapid‐onset HIT was defined as an abrupt drop in platelet count upon receiving a heparin product, due to heparin exposure within the previous 100 days. Delayed‐onset HIT was defined as HIT that developed several days after discontinuation of heparin. Other evident causes of thrombocytopenia were ruled out.

Statistical Analysis of Retrospective Study of Unintentional Adverse Effects

Regression analysis with chi‐square and ANOVA were used in the analysis of the demographic data. RRs were calculated for the number of cases coded with an anticoagulant‐related adverse event secondary thrombocytopenia before and after the order set implementation.

Educational Efforts and Feedback

Members of the multidisciplinary team presented information on HA VTE and the VTE prevention protocol at Medical and Surgical grand rounds, teaching rounds, and noon conference, averaging 1 educational session per quarter. Feedback and education was provided to physicians and nursing staff when audits revealed that a patient had inadequate prophylaxis with reference to the protocol standard. In addition, these conversations provided on opportunity to explore reasons for nonadherence with the protocol, confusion regarding the VTE RAM, and other barriers to effective prophylaxis, thereby providing guidance for further protocol revision and educational efforts. We adjusted the order set based on active monitoring of order set use and the audit process.

Results

There were 30,850 adult medical/surgical inpatients admitted to the medical center with a length of stay of 48 hours or more in 2005 to 2007, representing 186,397 patient‐days of observation. A total of 2,924 of these patients were randomly sampled during the VTE prophylaxis audit process (mean 81 audits per month). Table 2 shows the characteristics of randomly sampled audit patients and of the patients diagnosed with HA VTE. The demographics of the 30,850‐inpatient population (mean age = 50 years; 60.7% male; 52% Surgical Services) mirrored the demographics of the randomly sampled inpatients that underwent audits, validating the random sampling methods.

Description of Population Audits and Hospital‐acquired Venous Thromboembolism
 Number (n = 3285)% of Study Population*Cases (n = 361) [n (%)]Audits (n = 2924) [n (%)]OR (95% CI)
  • Abbreviations: CI, confidence interval; OR, odds ratio; SD, standard deviation.

  • Cases and audits.

Age (years) mean SD51 16 (range 15‐100) 53 1750 171.01 (1.003‐1.016)
Gender, males199361213 (59)1782 (61)0.93 (0.744‐1.16)
Major service:     
Surgery171452200 (55)1516 (52) 
Medicine156648161 (45)1408 (48) 
Service, detail     
Hospitalist10413283 (23)958 (33) 
General surgery8312575 (21)756 (26) 
Trauma4191377 (22)342 (12) 
Cardiology3131045 (13)268 (9) 
Orthopedics244715 (4)229 (8) 
Burn unit205629 (8)176 (6) 
Other222730 (8)192 (7) 

The majority of inpatients sampled in the audits were in the moderate VTE risk category (84%), 12% were in the high‐risk category, and 4% were in the low‐risk category. The distribution of VTE risk did not change significantly over this time period.

Interobserver Agreement

The VTE RAM interobserver agreement was assessed on 150 patients with 5 observers as described above. The kappa score for the VTE risk level was 0.81. The kappa score for the judgment of whether the patient was on adequate prophylaxis or not was 0.90.

Impact on Percent of Patients with Adequate Prophylaxis (Longitudinal Audits)

Audits of randomly sampled inpatients occurred longitudinally throughout the study period as described above. Based on the intervention, the percent of patients on adequate prophylaxis improved significantly (P < 0.001) by each calendar year (see Table 3), from a baseline of 58% in 2005 to 78% in 2006 (unadjusted relative benefit = 1.35; 95% confidence interval [CI] = 1.28‐1.43), and 93% in 2007 (unadjusted relative benefit = 1.61; 95% CI = 1.52, 1.69). The improvement seen was more marked in the moderate VTE risk patients when compared to the high VTE risk patients. The percent of audited VTE prophylaxis improved from 53% in calendar year (CY) 2005 to 93% in 2007 (unadjusted relative benefit = 1.75; 95% CI = 1.70‐1.81) in the moderate VTE risk group, while the high VTE risk group improved from 83% to 92% in the same time period (unadjusted relative benefit = 1.11; 95% CI = 0.95‐1.25).

Unadjusted Risk Ratio (Relative Benefit) of Receiving Adequate Venous Thromboembolism Prophylaxis by Year, in Randomly Selected Inpatients
 200520062007
  • Abbreviation: CI, confidence interval.

  • P < 0.001.

All audits1279960679
Prophylaxis adequate, n (%)740 (58)751 (78)631 (93)
Relative benefit (95% CI)11.35* (1.28‐1.43)1.61* (1.52‐1.69)

Overall, adequate VTE prophylaxis was present in over 98% of audited patients in the last 6 months of 2007, and this high rate has been sustained throughout 2008. Age, ethnicity, and gender were not associated with differential rates of adequate VTE prophylaxis.

Figure 1 is a timeline of interventions and the impact on the prevalence of adequate VTE prophylaxis. The first 7 to 8 months represent the baseline rate 50% to 55% of VTE prophylaxis. In this baseline period, the improvement team was meeting, but had not yet begun meeting with the large variety of medical and surgical service leaders. Consensus‐building sessions with these leaders in the latter part of 2005 through mid‐2006 correlated with improvement in adequate VTE prophylaxis rates to near 70%. The consensus‐building sessions also prepared these varied services for a go live date of the modular order set that was incorporated into all admit and transfer order sets, often replacing preexisting orders referring to VTE prevention measures. The order set resulted in an improvement to 80% adequate prophylaxis, with the incremental improvement occurring virtually overnight with the go live date at the onset of quarter 2 (Q2) of 2006. Monitoring of the order set use confirmed that it was easy and efficient to use, but also revealed that physicians were at times classifying patients as low VTE risk inaccurately, when they possessed qualities that actually qualified them for moderate risk status by our protocol. We therefore inserted a secondary CPOE screen when patients were categorized as low VTE risk, asking the physician to deny or confirm that the patient had no risk factors that qualified them for moderate risk status. This confirmation screen essentially acted as a reminder to the physician to ask Are you sure this patient does not need VTE prophylaxis? This minor modification of the CPOE order set improved adequate VTE prophylaxis rates to 90%. Finally, we asked nurses to evaluate patients who were not on therapeutic or prophylactic doses of anticoagulants. Patients with VTE risk factors but no obvious contraindications generated a note from the nurse to the doctor, prompting the doctor to reassess VTE risk and potential contraindications. This simple intervention raised the percent of audited patients on adequate VTE prophylaxis to 98% in the last 6 months of 2007.

Figure 1
Percent of randomly sampled inpatients with adequate VTE prophylaxis; 2,924 randomly sampled adult inpatients (mean 81 patients per month) audited for adequacy of VTE prophylaxis regimen on the day of audit. Improvement is correlated with incremental interventions on the statistical process control chart. Control limits determined using a p‐chart macro in Microsoft Excel with a P value of 0.01. VTE = venous thromboembolism; Q = quarter; ID = identification.

Description of Prospectively Identified VTE

We identified 748 cases of VTE among patients admitted to the medical center over the 36‐month study period; 387 (52%) were community‐acquired VTE. There were 361 HA cases (48% of total cases) over the same time period. There was no difference in age, gender, or BMI between the community‐acquired and hospital‐related VTE.

Of the 361 HA cases, 199 (55%) occurred on Surgical Services and 162 (45%) occurred on Medical Services; 58 (16%) unique patients had pulmonary emboli, while 303 (84%) patients experienced only DVT. Remarkably, almost one‐third of the DVT occurred in the upper extremities (108 upper extremities, 240 lower extremities), and most (80%) of the upper‐extremity DVT were associated with central venous catheters.

Of 361 HA VTE cases, 292 (81%) occurred in those in the moderate VTE risk category, 69 HA VTE cases occurred in high‐risk category patients (19%), and no VTE occurred in patients in the low‐risk category.

Improvement in HA VTE

HA VTE were identified and each case analyzed on an ongoing basis over the entire 3 year study period, as described above. Table 4 depicts a comparison of HA VTE on a year‐to‐year basis and the impact of the VTE prevention protocol on the incidence of HA VTE. In 2007 (the first full CY after the implementation of the order set) there was a 39% relative risk reduction (RRR) in the risk of experiencing an HA VTE. The reduction in the risk of preventable HA VTE was even more marked (RRR = 86%; 7 preventable VTE in 2007, compared to 44 in baseline year of 2005; RR = 0.14; 95% CI = 0.06‐0.31).

HA VTE Characteristics and Positive Impact of VTE Prevention Protocol, Demonstrating Significant Risk Reduction for Cases of HA VTE, HA DVT, and Preventable VTE from 2005 to 2007
 HA VTE by Year
 200520062007
  • Abbreviations: CI, confidence interval; DVT, deep vein thrombosis; HA, hospital‐acquired; PE, pulmonary embolus; VTE, venous thromboembolism.

  • P < 0.001.

  • P < 0.01.

Patients at Risk9720992311,207
Cases with any HA VTE13113892
Risk for HA VTE1 in 761 in 731 in 122
Unadjusted relative risk (95% CI)1.01.03 (0.81‐1.31)0.61* (0.47‐0.79)
Cases with PE212215
Risk for PE1 in 4631 in 4511 in 747
Unadjusted relative risk (95% CI)1.01.03 (0.56‐1.86)0.62 (0.32‐1.20)
Cases with DVT (and no PE)11011677
Risk for DVT1 in 881 in 851 in 146
Unadjusted relative risk (95% CI)1.01.03 (0.80‐1.33)0.61* (0.45‐0.81)
Cases with preventable VTE44217
Risk for preventable VTE1 in 2211 in 4731 in 1601
Unadjusted relative risk (95% CI)1.00.47 (0.28‐0.79)0.14* (0.06‐0.31)

Retrospective Analysis of Impact on HIT and Bleeding

There were no statistically significant differences in the number of cases coded for an anticoagulant‐related bleed or secondary thrombocytopenia (Table 5). Chart review revealed there were 2 cases of minor bleeding attributable to pharmacologic VTE prophylaxis before the order set implementation. There were no cases after implementation. No cases of HIT attributable to pharmacologic VTE prophylaxis were identified in either study period, with all cases being attributed to therapeutic anticoagulation.

Pre/Post‐orderset Anticoagulation Related Adverse Events
 Pre‐order SetPost‐order SetPost‐order Set RR (CI)
  • Abbreviations: RR, relative risk; CI, 95% confidence interval; HIT, Heparin induced Thrombocytopenia

Bleeding events74280.70 (0.46‐1.08)
Due to prophylaxis2 (minor)0 
HIT events971.44 (0.54‐3.85)
Due to prophylaxis00 
Patient admissions3211717294 

Discussion

We demonstrated that implementation of a standardized VTE prevention protocol and order set could result in a dramatic and sustained increase in adequate VTE prophylaxis across an entire adult inpatient population. This achievement is more remarkable given the rigorous criteria defining adequate prophylaxis. Mechanical compression devices were not accepted as primary prophylaxis in moderate‐risk or high‐risk patients unless there was a documented contraindication to pharmacologic prophylaxis, and high VTE risk patients required both mechanical and pharmacologic prophylaxis to be considered adequately protected, for example. The relegation of mechanical prophylaxis to an ancillary role was endorsed by our direct observations, in that we were only able to verify that ordered mechanical prophylaxis was in place 60% of the time.

The passive dissemination of guidelines is ineffective in securing VTE prophylaxis.19 Improvement in VTE prophylaxis has been suboptimal when options for VTE prophylaxis are offered without providing guidance for VTE risk stratification and all options (pharmacologic, mechanical, or no prophylaxis) are presented as equally acceptable choices.20, 21 Our multifaceted strategy using multiple interventions is an approach endorsed by a recent systematic review19 and others in the literature.22, 23 The interventions we enacted included a method to prompt clinicians to assess patients for VTE risk, and then to assist in the selection of appropriate prophylaxis from standardized options. Decision support and clinical reminders have been shown to be more effective when integrated into the workflow19, 24; therefore, a key strategy of our study involved embedding the VTE risk assessment tool and guidance toward appropriate prophylactic regimens into commonly used admission/transfer order sets. We addressed the barriers of physician unfamiliarity or disagreement with guidelines10 with education and consensus‐building sessions with clinical leadership. Clinical feedback from audits, peer review, and nursing‐led interventions rounded out the layered multifaceted interventional approach.

We designed and prospectively validated a VTE RAM during the course of our improvement efforts, and to our knowledge our simple 3‐category (or 3‐level) VTE risk assessment model is the only validated model. The VTE risk assessment/prevention protocol was validated by several important parameters. First, it proved to be practical and easy to use, taking only seconds to complete, and it was readily adopted by all adult medical and surgical services. Second, the VTE RAM demonstrated excellent interobserver agreement for VTE risk level and decisions about adequacy of VTE prophylaxis with 5 physician reviewers. Third, the VTE RAM predicted risk for VTE. All patients suffering from HA VTE were in the moderate‐risk to high‐risk categories, and HA VTE occurred disproportionately in those meeting criteria for high risk. Fourth, implementation of the VTE RAM/protocol resulted in very high, sustained levels of VTE prophylaxis without any detectable safety concerns. Finally and perhaps most importantly, high rates of adherence to the VTE protocol resulted in a 40% decline in the incidence of HA VTE in our institution.

The improved prevalence of adequate VTE prophylaxis reduced, but did not eliminate, HA VTE. The reduction observed is consistent with the 40% to 50% efficacy of prophylaxis reported in the literature.7 Our experience highlights the recent controversy over proposals by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) to add HA VTE to the list of do not pay conditions later this year,25 as it is clear from our data that even near‐perfect adherence with accepted VTE prevention measures will not eliminate HA VTE. After vigorous pushback about the fairness of this measure, the HA VTE do not pay scope was narrowed to include only certain major orthopedic procedure patients.

Services with a preponderance of moderate‐risk patients had the largest reduction in HA VTE. Efforts that are focused only on high‐risk orthopedic, trauma, and critical care patients will miss the larger opportunities for maximal reduction in HA VTE for multiple reasons. First, moderate VTE risk patients are far more prevalent than high VTE risk patients (84% vs. 12% of inpatients at our institution). Second, high‐risk patients are already at a baseline relatively high rate of VTE prophylaxis compared to their moderate VTE risk counterparts (83% vs. 53% at our institution). Third, a large portion of patients at high risk for VTE (such as trauma patients) also have the largest prevalence of absolute or relative contraindications to pharmacologic prophylaxis, limiting the effect size of prevention efforts.

Major strengths of this study included ongoing rigorous concurrent measurement of both processes (percent of patients on adequate prophylaxis) and outcomes (HA VTE diagnosed via imaging studies) over a prolonged time period. The robust random sampling of inpatients insured that changes in VTE prophylaxis rates were not due to changes in the distribution of VTE risk or bias potentially introduced from convenience samples. The longitudinal monitoring of imaging study results for VTE cases is vastly superior to using administrative data that is reliant on coding. The recent University Healthsystem Consortium (UHC) benchmarking data on venous thromboembolism were sobering but instructive.26 UHC used administrative discharge codes for VTE in a secondary position to identify patients with HA VTE, which is a common strategy to follow the incidence of HA VTE. The accuracy of identifying surgical patients with an HA VTE was only 60%. Proper use of the present on admission (POA) designation would have improved this to 83%, but 17% of cases either did not occur or had history only with a labor‐intensive manual chart review. Performance was even worse in medical patients, with only a 30% accuracy rate, potentially improved to 79% if accurate POA designation had been used, and 21% of cases identified by administrative methods either did not occur or had history only. In essence, unless an improvement team uses chart review of each case potentially identified as a HA VTE case, the administrative data are not reliable. Concurrent discovery of VTE cases allows for a more accurate and timely chart review, and allows for near real‐time feedback to the responsible treatment team.

The major limitation of this study is inherent in the observational design and the lack of a control population. Other factors besides our VTE‐specific improvement efforts could affect process and outcomes, and reductions in HA VTE could conceivably occur because of changes in the make‐up of the admitted inpatient population. These limitations are mitigated to some degree by several observations. The VTE risk distribution in the randomly sampled inpatient population did not vary significantly from year to year. The number of HA VTE was reduced in 2007 even though the number of patients and patient days at risk for developing VTE went up. The incidence of community‐acquired VTE remained constant over the same time period, highlighting the consistency of our measurement techniques and the VTE risk in the community we serve. Last, the improvements in VTE prophylaxis rates increased at times that correlated well with the introduction of layered interventions, as depicted in Figure 1.

There were several limitations to the internal study on adverse effects of VTE protocol implementation. First, this was a retrospective study, so much of the data collection was dependent upon physician progress notes and discharge summaries. Lack of documentation could have precluded the appropriate diagnosis codes from being assigned. Next, the study population was generated from coding data, so subjectivity could have been introduced during the coding process. Also, a majority of the patients did not fit the study criteria due to discharge with the e934.2 code, because they were found to have an elevated international normalized ratio (INR) after being admitted on warfarin. Finally, chart‐reviewer bias could have affected the results, as the chart reviewer became more proficient at reviewing charts over time. Despite these limitations, the study methodology allowed for screening of a large population for rare events. Bleeding may be a frequent concern with primary thromboprophylaxis, but data from clinical trials and this study help to demonstrate that rates of adverse events from pharmacologic VTE prophylaxis are very rare.

Another potential limitation is raised by the question of whether our methods can be generalized to other sites. Our site is an academic medical center and we have CPOE, which is present in only a small minority of centers. Furthermore, one could question how feasible it is to get institution‐wide consensus for a VTE prevention protocol in settings with heterogenous medical staffs. To address these issues, we used a proven performance improvement framework calling for administrative support, a multidisciplinary improvement team, reliable measures, and a multifaceted approach to interventions. This framework and our experiences have been incorporated into improvement guides27, 28 that have been the centerpiece of the Society of Hospital Medicine VTE Prevention Collaborative improvement efforts in a wide variety of medical environments. The collaborative leadership has observed that success is the rule when this model is followed, in institutions large and small, academic or community, and in both paper and CPOE environments. Not all of these sites use a VTE RAM identical to ours, and there are local nuances to preferred choices of prophylaxis. However, they all incorporated simple VTE risk stratification with only a few levels of risk. Reinforcing the expectation that pharmacologic prophylaxis is indicated for the majority of inpatients is likely more important than the nuances of choices for each risk level.

We demonstrated that dramatic improvement in VTE prophylaxis is achievable, safe, and effective in reducing the incidence of HA VTE. We used scalable, portable methods to make a large and convincing impact on the incidence of HA VTE, while also developing and prospectively validating a VTE RAM. A wide variety of institutions are achieving significant improvement using similar strategies. Future research and improvement efforts should focus on how to accelerate integration of this model across networks of hospitals, leveraging networks with common order sets or information systems. Widespread success in improving VTE prophylaxis would likely have a far‐reaching benefit on morbidity and PE‐related mortality.

References
  1. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Surgeon General's Call to Action to Prevent Deep Vein Thrombosis and Pulmonary Embolism.2008 Clean-up Rule No. CU01 invoked here. . Available at: http://www.surgeongeneral.gov/topics/deepvein. Accessed June 2009.
  2. Heit JA,Melton LJ,Lohse CM, et al.Incidence of venous thromboembolism in hospitalized patients vs. community residents.Mayo Clin Proc.2001;76:11021110.
  3. Dentali F,Douketis JD,Gianni M,Lim W,Crowther MA.Meta‐analysis: anticoagulant prophylaxis to prevent symptomatic venous thromboembolism in hospitalized medical patients.Ann Intern Med.2007;146(4):278288.
  4. Heit JA,O'Fallon WM,Petterson TM, et al.Relative impact of risk factors for deep vein thrombosis and pulmonary embolism.Arch Intern Med.2002;162:12451248.
  5. Tapson VF,Hyers TM,Waldo AL, et al.Antithrombotic therapy practices in US hospitals in an era of practice guidelines.Arch Intern Med.2005;165:14581464.
  6. Clagett GP,Anderson FA,Heit JA, et al.Prevention of venous thromboembolism.Chest.1995;108:312334.
  7. Geerts WH,Bergqvist D,Pineo GF, et al.Prevention of venous thromboembolism: ACCP Evidence‐Based Clinical Practice Guidelines (8th Edition).Chest.2008;133(6 Suppl):381S453S.
  8. Goldhaber SZ,Tapson VF.A prospective registry of 5,451 patients with ultrasound‐confirmed deep vein thrombosis.Am J Cardiol.2004;93:259262.
  9. Monreal M,Kakkar A,Caprini J, et al.The outcome after treatment of venous thromboembolism is different in surgical and acutely ill medical patients. Findings from the RIETE registry.J Thromb Haemost.2004;2:18921898.
  10. Tapson V,Decousus H,Pini M, et al.Venous thromboembolism prophylaxis in acutely ill hospitalized medical patients: findings from the international medical prevention registry on venous thromboembolism.Chest.2007;132(3):936945.
  11. Kahn SR,Panju A,Geerts W, et al.Multicenter evaluation of the use of venous thromboembolism prophylaxis in acutely ill medical patients in Canada.Thromb Res.2007;119(2):145155.
  12. Cohen AT,Tapson VF,Bergmann JF, et al.Venous thromboembolism risk and prophylaxis in the acute hospital care setting (ENDORSE study): a multinational cross‐sectional study.Lancet.2008;371(9610):387394.
  13. Kakkar AK,Davidson BL,Haas SK.Compliance with recommended prophylaxis for venous thromboembolism: improving the use and rate of uptake of clinical practice guidelines.J Thromb Haemost.2004;2:221227.
  14. Anderson F,Spencer F.Risk factors for venous thromboembolism.Circulation.2003;107:I‐9I‐16.
  15. Caprini J,Arcelus J,Reyna J.Effective risk stratification of surgical and nonsurgical patients for venous thromboembolic disease.Semin Hematol.2001;38(2 suppl 5):1219.
  16. Gensini GF,Prisco D,Falciani M,Comeglio M,Colella A.Identification of candidates for prevention of venous thromboembolism.Semin Thromb Hemost.1997;23(1):5567.
  17. Haas S.Venous thromboembolic risk and its prevention in hospitalized medical patients.Semin Thromb Hemost.2002;28(6);577583.
  18. Motykie G,Zebala L,Caprini J, et al.A guide to venous thromboembolism risk factor assessment.J Thromb Thrombolysis.2000;9:253262.
  19. Tooher R,Middleton P,Pham C, et al.A systematic review of strategies to improve prophylaxis for venous thromboembolism in hospitals.Ann Surg.2005;241:397415.
  20. O'Connor C,Adhikari N,DeCaire K,Friedrich J.Medical admission order sets to improve deep vein thrombosis prophylaxis rates and other outcomes.J Hosp Med.2009;4(2):8189.
  21. Maynard G.Medical admission order sets to improve deep vein thrombosis prevention: a model for others or a prescription for mediocrity? [Editorial].J Hosp Med.2009;4(2):7780.
  22. Oxman AD,Thomson MA,Davis DA,Haynes RB.No magic bullets: a systematic review of 102 trials of interventions to improve professional practice.CMAJ.1995;153:14231431.
  23. Bullock‐Palmer RP,Weiss S,Hyman C.Innovative approaches to increase deep vein thrombosis prophylaxis rate resulting in a decrease in hospital‐acquired deep vein thrombosis at a tertiary‐care teaching hospital.J Hosp Med.2008;3(2):148155.
  24. Shojania KG,McDonald KM,Wachter RM,Owens DK.Closing the Quality Gap: A Critical Analysis of Quality Improvement Strategies.Rockville, MD:Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality;2004.
  25. CMS Office of Public Affairs. Fact Sheet: CMS Proposes Additions to List of Hospital‐Acquired Conditions for Fiscal Year 2009. Available at: http://www.cms.hhs.gov/apps/media/press/factsheet.asp?Counter=3042. Accessed June2009.
  26. The DVT/PE 2007 Knowledge Transfer Meeting. Proceedings of November 30, 2007 meeting. Available at: http://www.uhc.edu/21801.htm. Accessed June2009.
  27. Maynard G,Stein J. Preventing Hospital‐Acquired Venous Thromboembolism. A Guide for Effective Quality Improvement. Society of Hospital Medicine, VTE Quality Improvement Resource Room. Available at: http://www.hospitalmedicine.org/ResourceRoomRedesign/RR_VTE/VTE_Home.cfm. Accessed June 2009.
  28. Maynard G,Stein J.Preventing Hospital‐Acquired Venous Thromboembolism: A Guide for Effective Quality Improvement. Prepared by the Society of Hospital Medicine. AHRQ Publication No. 08–0075.Rockville, MD:Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. September2008. Available at: http://www.ahrq.gov/qual/vtguide. Accessed June 2009.
Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(1)
Page Number
10-18
Legacy Keywords
adhesence, care standerdization, computerized physician orders entry, deep vein thrombosis prophylaxis, preventive services, quality, improvement, venous, thromboembolism
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

Pulmonary embolism (PE) and deep vein thrombosis (DVT), collectively referred to as venous thromboembolism (VTE), represent a major public health problem, affecting hundreds of thousands of Americans each year.1 The best estimates are that at least 100,000 deaths are attributable to VTE each year in the United States alone.1 VTE is primarily a problem of hospitalized and recently‐hospitalized patients.2 Although a recent meta‐analysis did not prove mortality benefit of prophylaxis in the medical population,3 PE is frequently estimated to be the most common preventable cause of hospital death.46

Pharmacologic methods to prevent VTE are safe, effective, cost‐effective, and advocated by authoritative guidelines.7 Even though the majority of medical and surgical inpatients have multiple risk factors for VTE, large prospective studies continue to demonstrate that these preventive methods are significantly underutilized, often with only 30% to 50% eligible patients receiving prophylaxis.812

The reasons for this underutilization include lack of physician familiarity or agreement with guidelines, underestimation of VTE risk, concern over risk of bleeding, and the perception that the guidelines are resource‐intensive or difficult to implement in a practical fashion.13 While many VTE risk‐assessment models are available in the literature,1418 a lack of prospectively validated models and issues regarding ease of use have further hampered widespread integration of VTE risk assessments into order sets and inpatient practice.

We sought to optimize prevention of hospital‐acquired (HA) VTE in our 350‐bed tertiary‐care academic center using a VTE prevention protocol and a multifaceted approach that could be replicated across a wide variety of medical centers.

Patients and Methods

Study Design

We developed, implemented, and refined a VTE prevention protocol and examined the impact of our efforts. We observed adult inpatients on a longitudinal basis for the prevalence of adequate VTE prophylaxis and for the incidence of HA VTE throughout a 36‐month period from calendar year 2005 through 2007, and performed a retrospective analysis for any potential adverse effects of increased VTE prophylaxis. The project adhered to the HIPAA requirements for privacy involving health‐related data from human research participants. The study was approved by the Institutional Review Board of the University of California, San Diego, which waived the requirement for individual patient informed consent.

We included all hospitalized adult patients (medical and surgical services) at our medical center in our observations and interventions, including patients of all ethnic groups, geriatric patients, prisoners, and the socially and economically disadvantaged in our population. Exclusion criteria were age under 14 years, and hospitalization on Psychiatry or Obstetrics/Gynecology services.

Development of a VTE Risk‐assessment Model and VTE Prevention Protocol

A core multidisciplinary team with hospitalists, pulmonary critical care VTE experts, pharmacists, nurses, and information specialists was formed. After gaining administrative support for standardization, we worked with medical staff leaders to gain consensus on a VTE prevention protocol for all medical and surgical areas from mid‐2005 through mid‐2006. The VTE prevention protocol included the elements of VTE risk stratification, definitions of adequate VTE prevention measures linked to the level of VTE risk, and definitions for contraindications to pharmacologic prophylactic measures. We piloted risk‐assessment model (RAM) drafts for ease of use and clarity, using rapid cycle feedback from pharmacy residents, house staff, and medical staff attending physicians. Models often cited in the literature15, 18 that include point‐based scoring of VTE risk factors (with prophylaxis choices hinging on the additive sum of scoring) were rejected based on the pilot experience.

We adopted a simple model with 3 levels of VTE risk that could be completed by the physician in seconds, and then proceeded to integrate this RAM into standardized data collection instruments and eventually (April 2006) into a computerized provider order entry (CPOE) order set (Siemmens Invision v26). Each level of VTE risk was firmly linked to a menu of acceptable prophylaxis options (Table 1). Simple text cues were used to define risk assessment, with more exhaustive listings of risk factors being relegated to accessible reference tables.

Three‐tier VTE Risk Assessment with Prevention Measures for Each Level of Risk
LowModerateHigh
  • NOTE: IPC indicated for contraindications to pharmacologic prophylaxis.

  • Abbreviations: ESRD, end‐stage renal disease; INR, international normalized ratio; IPC, intermittent pneumatic compression devices; LMWH, low‐molecular‐weight heparin; LOS, length of stay; q, dose every; SC, subcutaneously; SCI, spinal cord injury; UFH, unfractionated heparin; VTE, venous thromboembolism.

Ambulatory patient without VTE risk factors; observation patient with expected LOS 2 days; same day surgery or minor surgeryAll other patients (not in low‐risk or high‐risk category); most medical/surgical patients; respiratory insufficiency, heart failure, acute infectious, or inflammatory diseaseLower extremity arthroplasty; hip, pelvic, or severe lower extremity fractures; acute SCI with paresis; multiple major trauma; abdominal or pelvic surgery for cancer
Early ambulationUFH 5000 units SC q 8 hours; OR LMWH q day; OR UFH 5000 units SC q 12 hours (if weight < 50 kg or age > 75 years); AND suggest adding IPCLMWH (UFH if ESRD); OR fondaparinux 2.5 mg SC daily; OR warfarin, INR 2‐3; AND IPC (unless not feasible)

Intermittent pneumatic compression devices were endorsed as an adjunct in all patients in the highest risk level, and as the primary method in patients with contraindications to pharmacologic prophylaxis. Aspirin was deemed an inappropriate choice for VTE prophylaxis. Subcutaneous unfractionated or low‐molecular‐weight heparin were endorsed as the primary method of prophylaxis for the majority of patients without contraindications.

Integration of the VTE Protocol into Order Sets

An essential strategy for the success of the VTE protocol included integrating guidance for the physician into the flow of patient care, via standardized order sets. The CPOE VTE prevention order set was modular by design, as opposed to a stand alone design. After conferring with appropriate stakeholders, preexisting and nonstandardized prompts for VTE prophylaxis were removed from commonly used order sets, and the standardized module was inserted in its place. This allowed for integration of the standardized VTE prevention module into all admission and transfer order sets, essentially insuring that all patients admitted or transferred within the medical center would be exposed to the protocol. Physicians using a variety of admission and transfer order sets were prompted to select each patient's risk for VTE, and declare the presence or absence of contraindications to pharmacologic prophylaxis. Only the VTE prevention options most appropriate for the patient's VTE and anticoagulation risk profile were presented as the default choice for VTE prophylaxis. Explicit designation of VTE risk level and a prophylaxis choice were presented in a hard stop mechanism, and utilization of these orders was therefore mandatory, not optional. Proper use (such as the proper classification of VTE risk by the ordering physician) was actively monitored on an auditing basis, and order sets were modified occasionally on the basis of subjective and objective feedback.

Assessment of VTE Risk Assessment Interobserver Agreement

Data from 150 randomly selected patients from the audit pool (from late 2005 through mid‐2006) were abstracted by the nurse practitioner in a detailed manner. Five independent reviewers assessed each patient for VTE risk level, and for a determination of whether or not they were on adequate VTE prophylaxis on the day of the audit per protocol. Interobserver agreement was calculated for these parameters using kappa scores.

Prospective Monitoring of Adequate VTE Prophylaxis

A daily medical center inpatient census report of eligible patients in the medical center for >48 hours was downloaded into an Microsoft Excel spreadsheet, with each patient assigned a consecutive number. The Excel random number generator plug‐in function was used to generate a randomly sequenced list of the patients. The research nurse practitioner targeted serial patients on the list for further study, until she accomplished the requisite number of audits each day. The mean number of audits per month declined over the study years as the trends stabilized and as grant funding expired, but remained robust throughout (2005: 107 audits per month; 2006: 80 audits per month; and 2007: 57 audits per month).

The data collected on each patient randomly selected for audit included age, gender, location, service, date and time of review, and date of admission. The audit VTE RAM (identical to the VTE RAM incorporated into the order set), was used to classify each patient's VTE risk as low, moderate, or high. For each audit, we determined if the patient was on an adequate VTE prevention regimen consistent with our protocol, given their VTE risk level, demographics, and absence or presence of contraindications to pharmacologic prophylaxis. All questionable cases were reviewed by at least 2 physicians at weekly meetings with a final consensus determination. Adequacy of the VTE regimen was judged by orders entered on the day of the audit, but we also noted whether or not ordered intermittent compression devices were in place and functioning at the time of the audit.

Prospective (Concurrent) Discovery and Analysis of VTE Cases

The team nurse practitioner used the PACS radiology reporting and archival system (IMPAX version 4.5; AGFA Healthcare Informatics, Greenville, SC) to identify all new diagnoses of VTE, in the process described below.

Procedure codes for following studies were entered into the IMPAX search engine to locate all such exams performed in the previous 1 to 3 days:

  • Ultrasound exams of the neck, upper extremities, and lower extremities;

  • Computed tomography (CT) angiograms of the chest;

  • Ventilation/perfusion nuclear medicine scans; and

  • Pulmonary angiograms.

 

Negative studies and studies that revealed unchanged chronic thromboses were excluded, while clots with a chronic appearance but no evidence of prior diagnosis were included. Iliofemoral, popliteal, calf vein, subclavian, internal and external jugular vein, and axillary vein thromboses were therefore included, as were all PEs. Less common locations, such as renal vein and cavernous sinus thromboses, were excluded. The improvement/research team exerted no influence over decisions about whether or not testing was done.

Each new case of VTE was then classified as HA VTE or community‐acquired VTE. A new VTE was classified as HA if the diagnosis was first suspected and made in the hospital. A newly diagnosed VTE was also classified as HA if the VTE was suspected in the ambulatory setting, but the patient had been hospitalized within the arbitrary window of the preceding 30 days.

Each new diagnosis of HA VTE was reviewed by core members of the multidisciplinary support team. This investigation included a determination of whether the patient was on an adequate VTE prophylaxis regimen at the time of the HA VTE, using the RAM and linked prophylaxis menu described above. The VTE prevention regimen ordered at the time the inpatient developed the HA VTE was classified as adherent or nonadherent to the University of California, San Diego (UCSD) protocol: patients who developed VTE when on suboptimal prophylaxis per protocol were classified as having a potentially preventable case. Potentially iatrogenic precipitants of VTE (such as the presence of a central venous catheter or restraints) were also noted. All data were entered into a Microsoft Access database for ease of retrieval and reporting.

All tests for VTE were performed based on clinical signs and symptoms, rather than routine screening, except for the Trauma and Burn services, which also screen for VTE in high‐risk patients per their established screening protocols.

Statistical Analysis of VTE Prophylaxis and HA VTE Cases

Gender differences between cases of VTE and randomly sampled and audited inpatients were examined by chi‐square analysis, and analysis of variance (ANOVA) was used to examine any age or body mass index (BMI) differences between audits and cases.

The unadjusted risk ratio (RR) for adequate prophylaxis was compared by year, with year 2005 being the baseline (comparison) year, by chi‐square analysis.

The unadjusted RR of HA VTE was calculated by dividing the number of cases found in the calendar year by the hospital census of adult inpatients at risk. For each case, a classification for the type of VTE (PE vs. DVT vs. combinations) was recorded. Cases not receiving adequate prophylaxis were categorized as preventable DVT. Unadjusted RRs were calculated for each year by chi‐square analysis, compared to the baseline (2005) year.

All data were analyzed using Stata (version 10; Stata Corp., College Station, TX). Results for the different analysis were considered significant at P < 0.05.

Retrospective Study of Unintentional Adverse Effects

The increase in anticoagulant use accompanying the introduction of the VTE prophylaxis order set warranted an evaluation of any subsequent rise in related adverse events. A study was done to determine the rates of bleeding and heparin‐induced thrombocytopenia (HIT) before and after the implementation of the VTE prophylaxis order set.

A retrospective analysis was conducted to evaluate outcomes in our inpatients from December 2004 through November 2006, with April to November, 2006 representing the post‐order set implementation time period. Any patient with a discharge diagnosis code of e934.2 (anticoagulant‐related adverse event) was selected for study to identify possible bleeding attributable to pharmacologic VTE prophylaxis. Major or minor bleeding attributable to pharmacologic VTE prophylaxis was defined as a bleed occurring 72 hours after receiving pharmacologic VTE prophylaxis. Major bleeding was defined as cerebrovascular, gastrointestinal, retroperitoneal, or overt bleeding with a decrease in hemoglobin 2 mg/dL with clinical symptoms such as hypotension or hypoxia (not associated with hemodialysis) or transfusion of 2 units of packed red blood cells. Minor bleeding was defined as ecchymosis, epistaxis, hematoma, hematuria, hemoptysis, petechiae, or bleeding without a decrease in hemoglobin 2 g/dL.

Possible cases of HIT were identified by screening for a concomitant secondary thrombocytopenia code (287.4). Chart review was then conducted to determine a causal relationship between the use of pharmacologic VTE prophylaxis and adverse events during the hospital stay. HIT attributable to pharmacologic VTE prophylaxis was determined by assessing if patients developed any of the following clinical criteria after receiving pharmacologic VTE prophylaxis: platelet count <150 109/L or 50% decrease from baseline, with or without an associated venous or arterial thrombosis or other sequelae (skin lesions at injection site, acute systemic reaction) and/or a positive heparin‐induced platelet activation (HIPA) test. In order to receive a diagnosis of HIT, thrombocytopenia must have occurred between days 5 to 15 of heparin therapy, unless existing evidence suggested that the patient developed rapid‐onset HIT or delayed‐onset HIT. Rapid‐onset HIT was defined as an abrupt drop in platelet count upon receiving a heparin product, due to heparin exposure within the previous 100 days. Delayed‐onset HIT was defined as HIT that developed several days after discontinuation of heparin. Other evident causes of thrombocytopenia were ruled out.

Statistical Analysis of Retrospective Study of Unintentional Adverse Effects

Regression analysis with chi‐square and ANOVA were used in the analysis of the demographic data. RRs were calculated for the number of cases coded with an anticoagulant‐related adverse event secondary thrombocytopenia before and after the order set implementation.

Educational Efforts and Feedback

Members of the multidisciplinary team presented information on HA VTE and the VTE prevention protocol at Medical and Surgical grand rounds, teaching rounds, and noon conference, averaging 1 educational session per quarter. Feedback and education was provided to physicians and nursing staff when audits revealed that a patient had inadequate prophylaxis with reference to the protocol standard. In addition, these conversations provided on opportunity to explore reasons for nonadherence with the protocol, confusion regarding the VTE RAM, and other barriers to effective prophylaxis, thereby providing guidance for further protocol revision and educational efforts. We adjusted the order set based on active monitoring of order set use and the audit process.

Results

There were 30,850 adult medical/surgical inpatients admitted to the medical center with a length of stay of 48 hours or more in 2005 to 2007, representing 186,397 patient‐days of observation. A total of 2,924 of these patients were randomly sampled during the VTE prophylaxis audit process (mean 81 audits per month). Table 2 shows the characteristics of randomly sampled audit patients and of the patients diagnosed with HA VTE. The demographics of the 30,850‐inpatient population (mean age = 50 years; 60.7% male; 52% Surgical Services) mirrored the demographics of the randomly sampled inpatients that underwent audits, validating the random sampling methods.

Description of Population Audits and Hospital‐acquired Venous Thromboembolism
 Number (n = 3285)% of Study Population*Cases (n = 361) [n (%)]Audits (n = 2924) [n (%)]OR (95% CI)
  • Abbreviations: CI, confidence interval; OR, odds ratio; SD, standard deviation.

  • Cases and audits.

Age (years) mean SD51 16 (range 15‐100) 53 1750 171.01 (1.003‐1.016)
Gender, males199361213 (59)1782 (61)0.93 (0.744‐1.16)
Major service:     
Surgery171452200 (55)1516 (52) 
Medicine156648161 (45)1408 (48) 
Service, detail     
Hospitalist10413283 (23)958 (33) 
General surgery8312575 (21)756 (26) 
Trauma4191377 (22)342 (12) 
Cardiology3131045 (13)268 (9) 
Orthopedics244715 (4)229 (8) 
Burn unit205629 (8)176 (6) 
Other222730 (8)192 (7) 

The majority of inpatients sampled in the audits were in the moderate VTE risk category (84%), 12% were in the high‐risk category, and 4% were in the low‐risk category. The distribution of VTE risk did not change significantly over this time period.

Interobserver Agreement

The VTE RAM interobserver agreement was assessed on 150 patients with 5 observers as described above. The kappa score for the VTE risk level was 0.81. The kappa score for the judgment of whether the patient was on adequate prophylaxis or not was 0.90.

Impact on Percent of Patients with Adequate Prophylaxis (Longitudinal Audits)

Audits of randomly sampled inpatients occurred longitudinally throughout the study period as described above. Based on the intervention, the percent of patients on adequate prophylaxis improved significantly (P < 0.001) by each calendar year (see Table 3), from a baseline of 58% in 2005 to 78% in 2006 (unadjusted relative benefit = 1.35; 95% confidence interval [CI] = 1.28‐1.43), and 93% in 2007 (unadjusted relative benefit = 1.61; 95% CI = 1.52, 1.69). The improvement seen was more marked in the moderate VTE risk patients when compared to the high VTE risk patients. The percent of audited VTE prophylaxis improved from 53% in calendar year (CY) 2005 to 93% in 2007 (unadjusted relative benefit = 1.75; 95% CI = 1.70‐1.81) in the moderate VTE risk group, while the high VTE risk group improved from 83% to 92% in the same time period (unadjusted relative benefit = 1.11; 95% CI = 0.95‐1.25).

Unadjusted Risk Ratio (Relative Benefit) of Receiving Adequate Venous Thromboembolism Prophylaxis by Year, in Randomly Selected Inpatients
 200520062007
  • Abbreviation: CI, confidence interval.

  • P < 0.001.

All audits1279960679
Prophylaxis adequate, n (%)740 (58)751 (78)631 (93)
Relative benefit (95% CI)11.35* (1.28‐1.43)1.61* (1.52‐1.69)

Overall, adequate VTE prophylaxis was present in over 98% of audited patients in the last 6 months of 2007, and this high rate has been sustained throughout 2008. Age, ethnicity, and gender were not associated with differential rates of adequate VTE prophylaxis.

Figure 1 is a timeline of interventions and the impact on the prevalence of adequate VTE prophylaxis. The first 7 to 8 months represent the baseline rate 50% to 55% of VTE prophylaxis. In this baseline period, the improvement team was meeting, but had not yet begun meeting with the large variety of medical and surgical service leaders. Consensus‐building sessions with these leaders in the latter part of 2005 through mid‐2006 correlated with improvement in adequate VTE prophylaxis rates to near 70%. The consensus‐building sessions also prepared these varied services for a go live date of the modular order set that was incorporated into all admit and transfer order sets, often replacing preexisting orders referring to VTE prevention measures. The order set resulted in an improvement to 80% adequate prophylaxis, with the incremental improvement occurring virtually overnight with the go live date at the onset of quarter 2 (Q2) of 2006. Monitoring of the order set use confirmed that it was easy and efficient to use, but also revealed that physicians were at times classifying patients as low VTE risk inaccurately, when they possessed qualities that actually qualified them for moderate risk status by our protocol. We therefore inserted a secondary CPOE screen when patients were categorized as low VTE risk, asking the physician to deny or confirm that the patient had no risk factors that qualified them for moderate risk status. This confirmation screen essentially acted as a reminder to the physician to ask Are you sure this patient does not need VTE prophylaxis? This minor modification of the CPOE order set improved adequate VTE prophylaxis rates to 90%. Finally, we asked nurses to evaluate patients who were not on therapeutic or prophylactic doses of anticoagulants. Patients with VTE risk factors but no obvious contraindications generated a note from the nurse to the doctor, prompting the doctor to reassess VTE risk and potential contraindications. This simple intervention raised the percent of audited patients on adequate VTE prophylaxis to 98% in the last 6 months of 2007.

Figure 1
Percent of randomly sampled inpatients with adequate VTE prophylaxis; 2,924 randomly sampled adult inpatients (mean 81 patients per month) audited for adequacy of VTE prophylaxis regimen on the day of audit. Improvement is correlated with incremental interventions on the statistical process control chart. Control limits determined using a p‐chart macro in Microsoft Excel with a P value of 0.01. VTE = venous thromboembolism; Q = quarter; ID = identification.

Description of Prospectively Identified VTE

We identified 748 cases of VTE among patients admitted to the medical center over the 36‐month study period; 387 (52%) were community‐acquired VTE. There were 361 HA cases (48% of total cases) over the same time period. There was no difference in age, gender, or BMI between the community‐acquired and hospital‐related VTE.

Of the 361 HA cases, 199 (55%) occurred on Surgical Services and 162 (45%) occurred on Medical Services; 58 (16%) unique patients had pulmonary emboli, while 303 (84%) patients experienced only DVT. Remarkably, almost one‐third of the DVT occurred in the upper extremities (108 upper extremities, 240 lower extremities), and most (80%) of the upper‐extremity DVT were associated with central venous catheters.

Of 361 HA VTE cases, 292 (81%) occurred in those in the moderate VTE risk category, 69 HA VTE cases occurred in high‐risk category patients (19%), and no VTE occurred in patients in the low‐risk category.

Improvement in HA VTE

HA VTE were identified and each case analyzed on an ongoing basis over the entire 3 year study period, as described above. Table 4 depicts a comparison of HA VTE on a year‐to‐year basis and the impact of the VTE prevention protocol on the incidence of HA VTE. In 2007 (the first full CY after the implementation of the order set) there was a 39% relative risk reduction (RRR) in the risk of experiencing an HA VTE. The reduction in the risk of preventable HA VTE was even more marked (RRR = 86%; 7 preventable VTE in 2007, compared to 44 in baseline year of 2005; RR = 0.14; 95% CI = 0.06‐0.31).

HA VTE Characteristics and Positive Impact of VTE Prevention Protocol, Demonstrating Significant Risk Reduction for Cases of HA VTE, HA DVT, and Preventable VTE from 2005 to 2007
 HA VTE by Year
 200520062007
  • Abbreviations: CI, confidence interval; DVT, deep vein thrombosis; HA, hospital‐acquired; PE, pulmonary embolus; VTE, venous thromboembolism.

  • P < 0.001.

  • P < 0.01.

Patients at Risk9720992311,207
Cases with any HA VTE13113892
Risk for HA VTE1 in 761 in 731 in 122
Unadjusted relative risk (95% CI)1.01.03 (0.81‐1.31)0.61* (0.47‐0.79)
Cases with PE212215
Risk for PE1 in 4631 in 4511 in 747
Unadjusted relative risk (95% CI)1.01.03 (0.56‐1.86)0.62 (0.32‐1.20)
Cases with DVT (and no PE)11011677
Risk for DVT1 in 881 in 851 in 146
Unadjusted relative risk (95% CI)1.01.03 (0.80‐1.33)0.61* (0.45‐0.81)
Cases with preventable VTE44217
Risk for preventable VTE1 in 2211 in 4731 in 1601
Unadjusted relative risk (95% CI)1.00.47 (0.28‐0.79)0.14* (0.06‐0.31)

Retrospective Analysis of Impact on HIT and Bleeding

There were no statistically significant differences in the number of cases coded for an anticoagulant‐related bleed or secondary thrombocytopenia (Table 5). Chart review revealed there were 2 cases of minor bleeding attributable to pharmacologic VTE prophylaxis before the order set implementation. There were no cases after implementation. No cases of HIT attributable to pharmacologic VTE prophylaxis were identified in either study period, with all cases being attributed to therapeutic anticoagulation.

Pre/Post‐orderset Anticoagulation Related Adverse Events
 Pre‐order SetPost‐order SetPost‐order Set RR (CI)
  • Abbreviations: RR, relative risk; CI, 95% confidence interval; HIT, Heparin induced Thrombocytopenia

Bleeding events74280.70 (0.46‐1.08)
Due to prophylaxis2 (minor)0 
HIT events971.44 (0.54‐3.85)
Due to prophylaxis00 
Patient admissions3211717294 

Discussion

We demonstrated that implementation of a standardized VTE prevention protocol and order set could result in a dramatic and sustained increase in adequate VTE prophylaxis across an entire adult inpatient population. This achievement is more remarkable given the rigorous criteria defining adequate prophylaxis. Mechanical compression devices were not accepted as primary prophylaxis in moderate‐risk or high‐risk patients unless there was a documented contraindication to pharmacologic prophylaxis, and high VTE risk patients required both mechanical and pharmacologic prophylaxis to be considered adequately protected, for example. The relegation of mechanical prophylaxis to an ancillary role was endorsed by our direct observations, in that we were only able to verify that ordered mechanical prophylaxis was in place 60% of the time.

The passive dissemination of guidelines is ineffective in securing VTE prophylaxis.19 Improvement in VTE prophylaxis has been suboptimal when options for VTE prophylaxis are offered without providing guidance for VTE risk stratification and all options (pharmacologic, mechanical, or no prophylaxis) are presented as equally acceptable choices.20, 21 Our multifaceted strategy using multiple interventions is an approach endorsed by a recent systematic review19 and others in the literature.22, 23 The interventions we enacted included a method to prompt clinicians to assess patients for VTE risk, and then to assist in the selection of appropriate prophylaxis from standardized options. Decision support and clinical reminders have been shown to be more effective when integrated into the workflow19, 24; therefore, a key strategy of our study involved embedding the VTE risk assessment tool and guidance toward appropriate prophylactic regimens into commonly used admission/transfer order sets. We addressed the barriers of physician unfamiliarity or disagreement with guidelines10 with education and consensus‐building sessions with clinical leadership. Clinical feedback from audits, peer review, and nursing‐led interventions rounded out the layered multifaceted interventional approach.

We designed and prospectively validated a VTE RAM during the course of our improvement efforts, and to our knowledge our simple 3‐category (or 3‐level) VTE risk assessment model is the only validated model. The VTE risk assessment/prevention protocol was validated by several important parameters. First, it proved to be practical and easy to use, taking only seconds to complete, and it was readily adopted by all adult medical and surgical services. Second, the VTE RAM demonstrated excellent interobserver agreement for VTE risk level and decisions about adequacy of VTE prophylaxis with 5 physician reviewers. Third, the VTE RAM predicted risk for VTE. All patients suffering from HA VTE were in the moderate‐risk to high‐risk categories, and HA VTE occurred disproportionately in those meeting criteria for high risk. Fourth, implementation of the VTE RAM/protocol resulted in very high, sustained levels of VTE prophylaxis without any detectable safety concerns. Finally and perhaps most importantly, high rates of adherence to the VTE protocol resulted in a 40% decline in the incidence of HA VTE in our institution.

The improved prevalence of adequate VTE prophylaxis reduced, but did not eliminate, HA VTE. The reduction observed is consistent with the 40% to 50% efficacy of prophylaxis reported in the literature.7 Our experience highlights the recent controversy over proposals by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) to add HA VTE to the list of do not pay conditions later this year,25 as it is clear from our data that even near‐perfect adherence with accepted VTE prevention measures will not eliminate HA VTE. After vigorous pushback about the fairness of this measure, the HA VTE do not pay scope was narrowed to include only certain major orthopedic procedure patients.

Services with a preponderance of moderate‐risk patients had the largest reduction in HA VTE. Efforts that are focused only on high‐risk orthopedic, trauma, and critical care patients will miss the larger opportunities for maximal reduction in HA VTE for multiple reasons. First, moderate VTE risk patients are far more prevalent than high VTE risk patients (84% vs. 12% of inpatients at our institution). Second, high‐risk patients are already at a baseline relatively high rate of VTE prophylaxis compared to their moderate VTE risk counterparts (83% vs. 53% at our institution). Third, a large portion of patients at high risk for VTE (such as trauma patients) also have the largest prevalence of absolute or relative contraindications to pharmacologic prophylaxis, limiting the effect size of prevention efforts.

Major strengths of this study included ongoing rigorous concurrent measurement of both processes (percent of patients on adequate prophylaxis) and outcomes (HA VTE diagnosed via imaging studies) over a prolonged time period. The robust random sampling of inpatients insured that changes in VTE prophylaxis rates were not due to changes in the distribution of VTE risk or bias potentially introduced from convenience samples. The longitudinal monitoring of imaging study results for VTE cases is vastly superior to using administrative data that is reliant on coding. The recent University Healthsystem Consortium (UHC) benchmarking data on venous thromboembolism were sobering but instructive.26 UHC used administrative discharge codes for VTE in a secondary position to identify patients with HA VTE, which is a common strategy to follow the incidence of HA VTE. The accuracy of identifying surgical patients with an HA VTE was only 60%. Proper use of the present on admission (POA) designation would have improved this to 83%, but 17% of cases either did not occur or had history only with a labor‐intensive manual chart review. Performance was even worse in medical patients, with only a 30% accuracy rate, potentially improved to 79% if accurate POA designation had been used, and 21% of cases identified by administrative methods either did not occur or had history only. In essence, unless an improvement team uses chart review of each case potentially identified as a HA VTE case, the administrative data are not reliable. Concurrent discovery of VTE cases allows for a more accurate and timely chart review, and allows for near real‐time feedback to the responsible treatment team.

The major limitation of this study is inherent in the observational design and the lack of a control population. Other factors besides our VTE‐specific improvement efforts could affect process and outcomes, and reductions in HA VTE could conceivably occur because of changes in the make‐up of the admitted inpatient population. These limitations are mitigated to some degree by several observations. The VTE risk distribution in the randomly sampled inpatient population did not vary significantly from year to year. The number of HA VTE was reduced in 2007 even though the number of patients and patient days at risk for developing VTE went up. The incidence of community‐acquired VTE remained constant over the same time period, highlighting the consistency of our measurement techniques and the VTE risk in the community we serve. Last, the improvements in VTE prophylaxis rates increased at times that correlated well with the introduction of layered interventions, as depicted in Figure 1.

There were several limitations to the internal study on adverse effects of VTE protocol implementation. First, this was a retrospective study, so much of the data collection was dependent upon physician progress notes and discharge summaries. Lack of documentation could have precluded the appropriate diagnosis codes from being assigned. Next, the study population was generated from coding data, so subjectivity could have been introduced during the coding process. Also, a majority of the patients did not fit the study criteria due to discharge with the e934.2 code, because they were found to have an elevated international normalized ratio (INR) after being admitted on warfarin. Finally, chart‐reviewer bias could have affected the results, as the chart reviewer became more proficient at reviewing charts over time. Despite these limitations, the study methodology allowed for screening of a large population for rare events. Bleeding may be a frequent concern with primary thromboprophylaxis, but data from clinical trials and this study help to demonstrate that rates of adverse events from pharmacologic VTE prophylaxis are very rare.

Another potential limitation is raised by the question of whether our methods can be generalized to other sites. Our site is an academic medical center and we have CPOE, which is present in only a small minority of centers. Furthermore, one could question how feasible it is to get institution‐wide consensus for a VTE prevention protocol in settings with heterogenous medical staffs. To address these issues, we used a proven performance improvement framework calling for administrative support, a multidisciplinary improvement team, reliable measures, and a multifaceted approach to interventions. This framework and our experiences have been incorporated into improvement guides27, 28 that have been the centerpiece of the Society of Hospital Medicine VTE Prevention Collaborative improvement efforts in a wide variety of medical environments. The collaborative leadership has observed that success is the rule when this model is followed, in institutions large and small, academic or community, and in both paper and CPOE environments. Not all of these sites use a VTE RAM identical to ours, and there are local nuances to preferred choices of prophylaxis. However, they all incorporated simple VTE risk stratification with only a few levels of risk. Reinforcing the expectation that pharmacologic prophylaxis is indicated for the majority of inpatients is likely more important than the nuances of choices for each risk level.

We demonstrated that dramatic improvement in VTE prophylaxis is achievable, safe, and effective in reducing the incidence of HA VTE. We used scalable, portable methods to make a large and convincing impact on the incidence of HA VTE, while also developing and prospectively validating a VTE RAM. A wide variety of institutions are achieving significant improvement using similar strategies. Future research and improvement efforts should focus on how to accelerate integration of this model across networks of hospitals, leveraging networks with common order sets or information systems. Widespread success in improving VTE prophylaxis would likely have a far‐reaching benefit on morbidity and PE‐related mortality.

Pulmonary embolism (PE) and deep vein thrombosis (DVT), collectively referred to as venous thromboembolism (VTE), represent a major public health problem, affecting hundreds of thousands of Americans each year.1 The best estimates are that at least 100,000 deaths are attributable to VTE each year in the United States alone.1 VTE is primarily a problem of hospitalized and recently‐hospitalized patients.2 Although a recent meta‐analysis did not prove mortality benefit of prophylaxis in the medical population,3 PE is frequently estimated to be the most common preventable cause of hospital death.46

Pharmacologic methods to prevent VTE are safe, effective, cost‐effective, and advocated by authoritative guidelines.7 Even though the majority of medical and surgical inpatients have multiple risk factors for VTE, large prospective studies continue to demonstrate that these preventive methods are significantly underutilized, often with only 30% to 50% eligible patients receiving prophylaxis.812

The reasons for this underutilization include lack of physician familiarity or agreement with guidelines, underestimation of VTE risk, concern over risk of bleeding, and the perception that the guidelines are resource‐intensive or difficult to implement in a practical fashion.13 While many VTE risk‐assessment models are available in the literature,1418 a lack of prospectively validated models and issues regarding ease of use have further hampered widespread integration of VTE risk assessments into order sets and inpatient practice.

We sought to optimize prevention of hospital‐acquired (HA) VTE in our 350‐bed tertiary‐care academic center using a VTE prevention protocol and a multifaceted approach that could be replicated across a wide variety of medical centers.

Patients and Methods

Study Design

We developed, implemented, and refined a VTE prevention protocol and examined the impact of our efforts. We observed adult inpatients on a longitudinal basis for the prevalence of adequate VTE prophylaxis and for the incidence of HA VTE throughout a 36‐month period from calendar year 2005 through 2007, and performed a retrospective analysis for any potential adverse effects of increased VTE prophylaxis. The project adhered to the HIPAA requirements for privacy involving health‐related data from human research participants. The study was approved by the Institutional Review Board of the University of California, San Diego, which waived the requirement for individual patient informed consent.

We included all hospitalized adult patients (medical and surgical services) at our medical center in our observations and interventions, including patients of all ethnic groups, geriatric patients, prisoners, and the socially and economically disadvantaged in our population. Exclusion criteria were age under 14 years, and hospitalization on Psychiatry or Obstetrics/Gynecology services.

Development of a VTE Risk‐assessment Model and VTE Prevention Protocol

A core multidisciplinary team with hospitalists, pulmonary critical care VTE experts, pharmacists, nurses, and information specialists was formed. After gaining administrative support for standardization, we worked with medical staff leaders to gain consensus on a VTE prevention protocol for all medical and surgical areas from mid‐2005 through mid‐2006. The VTE prevention protocol included the elements of VTE risk stratification, definitions of adequate VTE prevention measures linked to the level of VTE risk, and definitions for contraindications to pharmacologic prophylactic measures. We piloted risk‐assessment model (RAM) drafts for ease of use and clarity, using rapid cycle feedback from pharmacy residents, house staff, and medical staff attending physicians. Models often cited in the literature15, 18 that include point‐based scoring of VTE risk factors (with prophylaxis choices hinging on the additive sum of scoring) were rejected based on the pilot experience.

We adopted a simple model with 3 levels of VTE risk that could be completed by the physician in seconds, and then proceeded to integrate this RAM into standardized data collection instruments and eventually (April 2006) into a computerized provider order entry (CPOE) order set (Siemmens Invision v26). Each level of VTE risk was firmly linked to a menu of acceptable prophylaxis options (Table 1). Simple text cues were used to define risk assessment, with more exhaustive listings of risk factors being relegated to accessible reference tables.

Three‐tier VTE Risk Assessment with Prevention Measures for Each Level of Risk
LowModerateHigh
  • NOTE: IPC indicated for contraindications to pharmacologic prophylaxis.

  • Abbreviations: ESRD, end‐stage renal disease; INR, international normalized ratio; IPC, intermittent pneumatic compression devices; LMWH, low‐molecular‐weight heparin; LOS, length of stay; q, dose every; SC, subcutaneously; SCI, spinal cord injury; UFH, unfractionated heparin; VTE, venous thromboembolism.

Ambulatory patient without VTE risk factors; observation patient with expected LOS 2 days; same day surgery or minor surgeryAll other patients (not in low‐risk or high‐risk category); most medical/surgical patients; respiratory insufficiency, heart failure, acute infectious, or inflammatory diseaseLower extremity arthroplasty; hip, pelvic, or severe lower extremity fractures; acute SCI with paresis; multiple major trauma; abdominal or pelvic surgery for cancer
Early ambulationUFH 5000 units SC q 8 hours; OR LMWH q day; OR UFH 5000 units SC q 12 hours (if weight < 50 kg or age > 75 years); AND suggest adding IPCLMWH (UFH if ESRD); OR fondaparinux 2.5 mg SC daily; OR warfarin, INR 2‐3; AND IPC (unless not feasible)

Intermittent pneumatic compression devices were endorsed as an adjunct in all patients in the highest risk level, and as the primary method in patients with contraindications to pharmacologic prophylaxis. Aspirin was deemed an inappropriate choice for VTE prophylaxis. Subcutaneous unfractionated or low‐molecular‐weight heparin were endorsed as the primary method of prophylaxis for the majority of patients without contraindications.

Integration of the VTE Protocol into Order Sets

An essential strategy for the success of the VTE protocol included integrating guidance for the physician into the flow of patient care, via standardized order sets. The CPOE VTE prevention order set was modular by design, as opposed to a stand alone design. After conferring with appropriate stakeholders, preexisting and nonstandardized prompts for VTE prophylaxis were removed from commonly used order sets, and the standardized module was inserted in its place. This allowed for integration of the standardized VTE prevention module into all admission and transfer order sets, essentially insuring that all patients admitted or transferred within the medical center would be exposed to the protocol. Physicians using a variety of admission and transfer order sets were prompted to select each patient's risk for VTE, and declare the presence or absence of contraindications to pharmacologic prophylaxis. Only the VTE prevention options most appropriate for the patient's VTE and anticoagulation risk profile were presented as the default choice for VTE prophylaxis. Explicit designation of VTE risk level and a prophylaxis choice were presented in a hard stop mechanism, and utilization of these orders was therefore mandatory, not optional. Proper use (such as the proper classification of VTE risk by the ordering physician) was actively monitored on an auditing basis, and order sets were modified occasionally on the basis of subjective and objective feedback.

Assessment of VTE Risk Assessment Interobserver Agreement

Data from 150 randomly selected patients from the audit pool (from late 2005 through mid‐2006) were abstracted by the nurse practitioner in a detailed manner. Five independent reviewers assessed each patient for VTE risk level, and for a determination of whether or not they were on adequate VTE prophylaxis on the day of the audit per protocol. Interobserver agreement was calculated for these parameters using kappa scores.

Prospective Monitoring of Adequate VTE Prophylaxis

A daily medical center inpatient census report of eligible patients in the medical center for >48 hours was downloaded into an Microsoft Excel spreadsheet, with each patient assigned a consecutive number. The Excel random number generator plug‐in function was used to generate a randomly sequenced list of the patients. The research nurse practitioner targeted serial patients on the list for further study, until she accomplished the requisite number of audits each day. The mean number of audits per month declined over the study years as the trends stabilized and as grant funding expired, but remained robust throughout (2005: 107 audits per month; 2006: 80 audits per month; and 2007: 57 audits per month).

The data collected on each patient randomly selected for audit included age, gender, location, service, date and time of review, and date of admission. The audit VTE RAM (identical to the VTE RAM incorporated into the order set), was used to classify each patient's VTE risk as low, moderate, or high. For each audit, we determined if the patient was on an adequate VTE prevention regimen consistent with our protocol, given their VTE risk level, demographics, and absence or presence of contraindications to pharmacologic prophylaxis. All questionable cases were reviewed by at least 2 physicians at weekly meetings with a final consensus determination. Adequacy of the VTE regimen was judged by orders entered on the day of the audit, but we also noted whether or not ordered intermittent compression devices were in place and functioning at the time of the audit.

Prospective (Concurrent) Discovery and Analysis of VTE Cases

The team nurse practitioner used the PACS radiology reporting and archival system (IMPAX version 4.5; AGFA Healthcare Informatics, Greenville, SC) to identify all new diagnoses of VTE, in the process described below.

Procedure codes for following studies were entered into the IMPAX search engine to locate all such exams performed in the previous 1 to 3 days:

  • Ultrasound exams of the neck, upper extremities, and lower extremities;

  • Computed tomography (CT) angiograms of the chest;

  • Ventilation/perfusion nuclear medicine scans; and

  • Pulmonary angiograms.

 

Negative studies and studies that revealed unchanged chronic thromboses were excluded, while clots with a chronic appearance but no evidence of prior diagnosis were included. Iliofemoral, popliteal, calf vein, subclavian, internal and external jugular vein, and axillary vein thromboses were therefore included, as were all PEs. Less common locations, such as renal vein and cavernous sinus thromboses, were excluded. The improvement/research team exerted no influence over decisions about whether or not testing was done.

Each new case of VTE was then classified as HA VTE or community‐acquired VTE. A new VTE was classified as HA if the diagnosis was first suspected and made in the hospital. A newly diagnosed VTE was also classified as HA if the VTE was suspected in the ambulatory setting, but the patient had been hospitalized within the arbitrary window of the preceding 30 days.

Each new diagnosis of HA VTE was reviewed by core members of the multidisciplinary support team. This investigation included a determination of whether the patient was on an adequate VTE prophylaxis regimen at the time of the HA VTE, using the RAM and linked prophylaxis menu described above. The VTE prevention regimen ordered at the time the inpatient developed the HA VTE was classified as adherent or nonadherent to the University of California, San Diego (UCSD) protocol: patients who developed VTE when on suboptimal prophylaxis per protocol were classified as having a potentially preventable case. Potentially iatrogenic precipitants of VTE (such as the presence of a central venous catheter or restraints) were also noted. All data were entered into a Microsoft Access database for ease of retrieval and reporting.

All tests for VTE were performed based on clinical signs and symptoms, rather than routine screening, except for the Trauma and Burn services, which also screen for VTE in high‐risk patients per their established screening protocols.

Statistical Analysis of VTE Prophylaxis and HA VTE Cases

Gender differences between cases of VTE and randomly sampled and audited inpatients were examined by chi‐square analysis, and analysis of variance (ANOVA) was used to examine any age or body mass index (BMI) differences between audits and cases.

The unadjusted risk ratio (RR) for adequate prophylaxis was compared by year, with year 2005 being the baseline (comparison) year, by chi‐square analysis.

The unadjusted RR of HA VTE was calculated by dividing the number of cases found in the calendar year by the hospital census of adult inpatients at risk. For each case, a classification for the type of VTE (PE vs. DVT vs. combinations) was recorded. Cases not receiving adequate prophylaxis were categorized as preventable DVT. Unadjusted RRs were calculated for each year by chi‐square analysis, compared to the baseline (2005) year.

All data were analyzed using Stata (version 10; Stata Corp., College Station, TX). Results for the different analysis were considered significant at P < 0.05.

Retrospective Study of Unintentional Adverse Effects

The increase in anticoagulant use accompanying the introduction of the VTE prophylaxis order set warranted an evaluation of any subsequent rise in related adverse events. A study was done to determine the rates of bleeding and heparin‐induced thrombocytopenia (HIT) before and after the implementation of the VTE prophylaxis order set.

A retrospective analysis was conducted to evaluate outcomes in our inpatients from December 2004 through November 2006, with April to November, 2006 representing the post‐order set implementation time period. Any patient with a discharge diagnosis code of e934.2 (anticoagulant‐related adverse event) was selected for study to identify possible bleeding attributable to pharmacologic VTE prophylaxis. Major or minor bleeding attributable to pharmacologic VTE prophylaxis was defined as a bleed occurring 72 hours after receiving pharmacologic VTE prophylaxis. Major bleeding was defined as cerebrovascular, gastrointestinal, retroperitoneal, or overt bleeding with a decrease in hemoglobin 2 mg/dL with clinical symptoms such as hypotension or hypoxia (not associated with hemodialysis) or transfusion of 2 units of packed red blood cells. Minor bleeding was defined as ecchymosis, epistaxis, hematoma, hematuria, hemoptysis, petechiae, or bleeding without a decrease in hemoglobin 2 g/dL.

Possible cases of HIT were identified by screening for a concomitant secondary thrombocytopenia code (287.4). Chart review was then conducted to determine a causal relationship between the use of pharmacologic VTE prophylaxis and adverse events during the hospital stay. HIT attributable to pharmacologic VTE prophylaxis was determined by assessing if patients developed any of the following clinical criteria after receiving pharmacologic VTE prophylaxis: platelet count <150 109/L or 50% decrease from baseline, with or without an associated venous or arterial thrombosis or other sequelae (skin lesions at injection site, acute systemic reaction) and/or a positive heparin‐induced platelet activation (HIPA) test. In order to receive a diagnosis of HIT, thrombocytopenia must have occurred between days 5 to 15 of heparin therapy, unless existing evidence suggested that the patient developed rapid‐onset HIT or delayed‐onset HIT. Rapid‐onset HIT was defined as an abrupt drop in platelet count upon receiving a heparin product, due to heparin exposure within the previous 100 days. Delayed‐onset HIT was defined as HIT that developed several days after discontinuation of heparin. Other evident causes of thrombocytopenia were ruled out.

Statistical Analysis of Retrospective Study of Unintentional Adverse Effects

Regression analysis with chi‐square and ANOVA were used in the analysis of the demographic data. RRs were calculated for the number of cases coded with an anticoagulant‐related adverse event secondary thrombocytopenia before and after the order set implementation.

Educational Efforts and Feedback

Members of the multidisciplinary team presented information on HA VTE and the VTE prevention protocol at Medical and Surgical grand rounds, teaching rounds, and noon conference, averaging 1 educational session per quarter. Feedback and education was provided to physicians and nursing staff when audits revealed that a patient had inadequate prophylaxis with reference to the protocol standard. In addition, these conversations provided on opportunity to explore reasons for nonadherence with the protocol, confusion regarding the VTE RAM, and other barriers to effective prophylaxis, thereby providing guidance for further protocol revision and educational efforts. We adjusted the order set based on active monitoring of order set use and the audit process.

Results

There were 30,850 adult medical/surgical inpatients admitted to the medical center with a length of stay of 48 hours or more in 2005 to 2007, representing 186,397 patient‐days of observation. A total of 2,924 of these patients were randomly sampled during the VTE prophylaxis audit process (mean 81 audits per month). Table 2 shows the characteristics of randomly sampled audit patients and of the patients diagnosed with HA VTE. The demographics of the 30,850‐inpatient population (mean age = 50 years; 60.7% male; 52% Surgical Services) mirrored the demographics of the randomly sampled inpatients that underwent audits, validating the random sampling methods.

Description of Population Audits and Hospital‐acquired Venous Thromboembolism
 Number (n = 3285)% of Study Population*Cases (n = 361) [n (%)]Audits (n = 2924) [n (%)]OR (95% CI)
  • Abbreviations: CI, confidence interval; OR, odds ratio; SD, standard deviation.

  • Cases and audits.

Age (years) mean SD51 16 (range 15‐100) 53 1750 171.01 (1.003‐1.016)
Gender, males199361213 (59)1782 (61)0.93 (0.744‐1.16)
Major service:     
Surgery171452200 (55)1516 (52) 
Medicine156648161 (45)1408 (48) 
Service, detail     
Hospitalist10413283 (23)958 (33) 
General surgery8312575 (21)756 (26) 
Trauma4191377 (22)342 (12) 
Cardiology3131045 (13)268 (9) 
Orthopedics244715 (4)229 (8) 
Burn unit205629 (8)176 (6) 
Other222730 (8)192 (7) 

The majority of inpatients sampled in the audits were in the moderate VTE risk category (84%), 12% were in the high‐risk category, and 4% were in the low‐risk category. The distribution of VTE risk did not change significantly over this time period.

Interobserver Agreement

The VTE RAM interobserver agreement was assessed on 150 patients with 5 observers as described above. The kappa score for the VTE risk level was 0.81. The kappa score for the judgment of whether the patient was on adequate prophylaxis or not was 0.90.

Impact on Percent of Patients with Adequate Prophylaxis (Longitudinal Audits)

Audits of randomly sampled inpatients occurred longitudinally throughout the study period as described above. Based on the intervention, the percent of patients on adequate prophylaxis improved significantly (P < 0.001) by each calendar year (see Table 3), from a baseline of 58% in 2005 to 78% in 2006 (unadjusted relative benefit = 1.35; 95% confidence interval [CI] = 1.28‐1.43), and 93% in 2007 (unadjusted relative benefit = 1.61; 95% CI = 1.52, 1.69). The improvement seen was more marked in the moderate VTE risk patients when compared to the high VTE risk patients. The percent of audited VTE prophylaxis improved from 53% in calendar year (CY) 2005 to 93% in 2007 (unadjusted relative benefit = 1.75; 95% CI = 1.70‐1.81) in the moderate VTE risk group, while the high VTE risk group improved from 83% to 92% in the same time period (unadjusted relative benefit = 1.11; 95% CI = 0.95‐1.25).

Unadjusted Risk Ratio (Relative Benefit) of Receiving Adequate Venous Thromboembolism Prophylaxis by Year, in Randomly Selected Inpatients
 200520062007
  • Abbreviation: CI, confidence interval.

  • P < 0.001.

All audits1279960679
Prophylaxis adequate, n (%)740 (58)751 (78)631 (93)
Relative benefit (95% CI)11.35* (1.28‐1.43)1.61* (1.52‐1.69)

Overall, adequate VTE prophylaxis was present in over 98% of audited patients in the last 6 months of 2007, and this high rate has been sustained throughout 2008. Age, ethnicity, and gender were not associated with differential rates of adequate VTE prophylaxis.

Figure 1 is a timeline of interventions and the impact on the prevalence of adequate VTE prophylaxis. The first 7 to 8 months represent the baseline rate 50% to 55% of VTE prophylaxis. In this baseline period, the improvement team was meeting, but had not yet begun meeting with the large variety of medical and surgical service leaders. Consensus‐building sessions with these leaders in the latter part of 2005 through mid‐2006 correlated with improvement in adequate VTE prophylaxis rates to near 70%. The consensus‐building sessions also prepared these varied services for a go live date of the modular order set that was incorporated into all admit and transfer order sets, often replacing preexisting orders referring to VTE prevention measures. The order set resulted in an improvement to 80% adequate prophylaxis, with the incremental improvement occurring virtually overnight with the go live date at the onset of quarter 2 (Q2) of 2006. Monitoring of the order set use confirmed that it was easy and efficient to use, but also revealed that physicians were at times classifying patients as low VTE risk inaccurately, when they possessed qualities that actually qualified them for moderate risk status by our protocol. We therefore inserted a secondary CPOE screen when patients were categorized as low VTE risk, asking the physician to deny or confirm that the patient had no risk factors that qualified them for moderate risk status. This confirmation screen essentially acted as a reminder to the physician to ask Are you sure this patient does not need VTE prophylaxis? This minor modification of the CPOE order set improved adequate VTE prophylaxis rates to 90%. Finally, we asked nurses to evaluate patients who were not on therapeutic or prophylactic doses of anticoagulants. Patients with VTE risk factors but no obvious contraindications generated a note from the nurse to the doctor, prompting the doctor to reassess VTE risk and potential contraindications. This simple intervention raised the percent of audited patients on adequate VTE prophylaxis to 98% in the last 6 months of 2007.

Figure 1
Percent of randomly sampled inpatients with adequate VTE prophylaxis; 2,924 randomly sampled adult inpatients (mean 81 patients per month) audited for adequacy of VTE prophylaxis regimen on the day of audit. Improvement is correlated with incremental interventions on the statistical process control chart. Control limits determined using a p‐chart macro in Microsoft Excel with a P value of 0.01. VTE = venous thromboembolism; Q = quarter; ID = identification.

Description of Prospectively Identified VTE

We identified 748 cases of VTE among patients admitted to the medical center over the 36‐month study period; 387 (52%) were community‐acquired VTE. There were 361 HA cases (48% of total cases) over the same time period. There was no difference in age, gender, or BMI between the community‐acquired and hospital‐related VTE.

Of the 361 HA cases, 199 (55%) occurred on Surgical Services and 162 (45%) occurred on Medical Services; 58 (16%) unique patients had pulmonary emboli, while 303 (84%) patients experienced only DVT. Remarkably, almost one‐third of the DVT occurred in the upper extremities (108 upper extremities, 240 lower extremities), and most (80%) of the upper‐extremity DVT were associated with central venous catheters.

Of 361 HA VTE cases, 292 (81%) occurred in those in the moderate VTE risk category, 69 HA VTE cases occurred in high‐risk category patients (19%), and no VTE occurred in patients in the low‐risk category.

Improvement in HA VTE

HA VTE were identified and each case analyzed on an ongoing basis over the entire 3 year study period, as described above. Table 4 depicts a comparison of HA VTE on a year‐to‐year basis and the impact of the VTE prevention protocol on the incidence of HA VTE. In 2007 (the first full CY after the implementation of the order set) there was a 39% relative risk reduction (RRR) in the risk of experiencing an HA VTE. The reduction in the risk of preventable HA VTE was even more marked (RRR = 86%; 7 preventable VTE in 2007, compared to 44 in baseline year of 2005; RR = 0.14; 95% CI = 0.06‐0.31).

HA VTE Characteristics and Positive Impact of VTE Prevention Protocol, Demonstrating Significant Risk Reduction for Cases of HA VTE, HA DVT, and Preventable VTE from 2005 to 2007
 HA VTE by Year
 200520062007
  • Abbreviations: CI, confidence interval; DVT, deep vein thrombosis; HA, hospital‐acquired; PE, pulmonary embolus; VTE, venous thromboembolism.

  • P < 0.001.

  • P < 0.01.

Patients at Risk9720992311,207
Cases with any HA VTE13113892
Risk for HA VTE1 in 761 in 731 in 122
Unadjusted relative risk (95% CI)1.01.03 (0.81‐1.31)0.61* (0.47‐0.79)
Cases with PE212215
Risk for PE1 in 4631 in 4511 in 747
Unadjusted relative risk (95% CI)1.01.03 (0.56‐1.86)0.62 (0.32‐1.20)
Cases with DVT (and no PE)11011677
Risk for DVT1 in 881 in 851 in 146
Unadjusted relative risk (95% CI)1.01.03 (0.80‐1.33)0.61* (0.45‐0.81)
Cases with preventable VTE44217
Risk for preventable VTE1 in 2211 in 4731 in 1601
Unadjusted relative risk (95% CI)1.00.47 (0.28‐0.79)0.14* (0.06‐0.31)

Retrospective Analysis of Impact on HIT and Bleeding

There were no statistically significant differences in the number of cases coded for an anticoagulant‐related bleed or secondary thrombocytopenia (Table 5). Chart review revealed there were 2 cases of minor bleeding attributable to pharmacologic VTE prophylaxis before the order set implementation. There were no cases after implementation. No cases of HIT attributable to pharmacologic VTE prophylaxis were identified in either study period, with all cases being attributed to therapeutic anticoagulation.

Pre/Post‐orderset Anticoagulation Related Adverse Events
 Pre‐order SetPost‐order SetPost‐order Set RR (CI)
  • Abbreviations: RR, relative risk; CI, 95% confidence interval; HIT, Heparin induced Thrombocytopenia

Bleeding events74280.70 (0.46‐1.08)
Due to prophylaxis2 (minor)0 
HIT events971.44 (0.54‐3.85)
Due to prophylaxis00 
Patient admissions3211717294 

Discussion

We demonstrated that implementation of a standardized VTE prevention protocol and order set could result in a dramatic and sustained increase in adequate VTE prophylaxis across an entire adult inpatient population. This achievement is more remarkable given the rigorous criteria defining adequate prophylaxis. Mechanical compression devices were not accepted as primary prophylaxis in moderate‐risk or high‐risk patients unless there was a documented contraindication to pharmacologic prophylaxis, and high VTE risk patients required both mechanical and pharmacologic prophylaxis to be considered adequately protected, for example. The relegation of mechanical prophylaxis to an ancillary role was endorsed by our direct observations, in that we were only able to verify that ordered mechanical prophylaxis was in place 60% of the time.

The passive dissemination of guidelines is ineffective in securing VTE prophylaxis.19 Improvement in VTE prophylaxis has been suboptimal when options for VTE prophylaxis are offered without providing guidance for VTE risk stratification and all options (pharmacologic, mechanical, or no prophylaxis) are presented as equally acceptable choices.20, 21 Our multifaceted strategy using multiple interventions is an approach endorsed by a recent systematic review19 and others in the literature.22, 23 The interventions we enacted included a method to prompt clinicians to assess patients for VTE risk, and then to assist in the selection of appropriate prophylaxis from standardized options. Decision support and clinical reminders have been shown to be more effective when integrated into the workflow19, 24; therefore, a key strategy of our study involved embedding the VTE risk assessment tool and guidance toward appropriate prophylactic regimens into commonly used admission/transfer order sets. We addressed the barriers of physician unfamiliarity or disagreement with guidelines10 with education and consensus‐building sessions with clinical leadership. Clinical feedback from audits, peer review, and nursing‐led interventions rounded out the layered multifaceted interventional approach.

We designed and prospectively validated a VTE RAM during the course of our improvement efforts, and to our knowledge our simple 3‐category (or 3‐level) VTE risk assessment model is the only validated model. The VTE risk assessment/prevention protocol was validated by several important parameters. First, it proved to be practical and easy to use, taking only seconds to complete, and it was readily adopted by all adult medical and surgical services. Second, the VTE RAM demonstrated excellent interobserver agreement for VTE risk level and decisions about adequacy of VTE prophylaxis with 5 physician reviewers. Third, the VTE RAM predicted risk for VTE. All patients suffering from HA VTE were in the moderate‐risk to high‐risk categories, and HA VTE occurred disproportionately in those meeting criteria for high risk. Fourth, implementation of the VTE RAM/protocol resulted in very high, sustained levels of VTE prophylaxis without any detectable safety concerns. Finally and perhaps most importantly, high rates of adherence to the VTE protocol resulted in a 40% decline in the incidence of HA VTE in our institution.

The improved prevalence of adequate VTE prophylaxis reduced, but did not eliminate, HA VTE. The reduction observed is consistent with the 40% to 50% efficacy of prophylaxis reported in the literature.7 Our experience highlights the recent controversy over proposals by the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) to add HA VTE to the list of do not pay conditions later this year,25 as it is clear from our data that even near‐perfect adherence with accepted VTE prevention measures will not eliminate HA VTE. After vigorous pushback about the fairness of this measure, the HA VTE do not pay scope was narrowed to include only certain major orthopedic procedure patients.

Services with a preponderance of moderate‐risk patients had the largest reduction in HA VTE. Efforts that are focused only on high‐risk orthopedic, trauma, and critical care patients will miss the larger opportunities for maximal reduction in HA VTE for multiple reasons. First, moderate VTE risk patients are far more prevalent than high VTE risk patients (84% vs. 12% of inpatients at our institution). Second, high‐risk patients are already at a baseline relatively high rate of VTE prophylaxis compared to their moderate VTE risk counterparts (83% vs. 53% at our institution). Third, a large portion of patients at high risk for VTE (such as trauma patients) also have the largest prevalence of absolute or relative contraindications to pharmacologic prophylaxis, limiting the effect size of prevention efforts.

Major strengths of this study included ongoing rigorous concurrent measurement of both processes (percent of patients on adequate prophylaxis) and outcomes (HA VTE diagnosed via imaging studies) over a prolonged time period. The robust random sampling of inpatients insured that changes in VTE prophylaxis rates were not due to changes in the distribution of VTE risk or bias potentially introduced from convenience samples. The longitudinal monitoring of imaging study results for VTE cases is vastly superior to using administrative data that is reliant on coding. The recent University Healthsystem Consortium (UHC) benchmarking data on venous thromboembolism were sobering but instructive.26 UHC used administrative discharge codes for VTE in a secondary position to identify patients with HA VTE, which is a common strategy to follow the incidence of HA VTE. The accuracy of identifying surgical patients with an HA VTE was only 60%. Proper use of the present on admission (POA) designation would have improved this to 83%, but 17% of cases either did not occur or had history only with a labor‐intensive manual chart review. Performance was even worse in medical patients, with only a 30% accuracy rate, potentially improved to 79% if accurate POA designation had been used, and 21% of cases identified by administrative methods either did not occur or had history only. In essence, unless an improvement team uses chart review of each case potentially identified as a HA VTE case, the administrative data are not reliable. Concurrent discovery of VTE cases allows for a more accurate and timely chart review, and allows for near real‐time feedback to the responsible treatment team.

The major limitation of this study is inherent in the observational design and the lack of a control population. Other factors besides our VTE‐specific improvement efforts could affect process and outcomes, and reductions in HA VTE could conceivably occur because of changes in the make‐up of the admitted inpatient population. These limitations are mitigated to some degree by several observations. The VTE risk distribution in the randomly sampled inpatient population did not vary significantly from year to year. The number of HA VTE was reduced in 2007 even though the number of patients and patient days at risk for developing VTE went up. The incidence of community‐acquired VTE remained constant over the same time period, highlighting the consistency of our measurement techniques and the VTE risk in the community we serve. Last, the improvements in VTE prophylaxis rates increased at times that correlated well with the introduction of layered interventions, as depicted in Figure 1.

There were several limitations to the internal study on adverse effects of VTE protocol implementation. First, this was a retrospective study, so much of the data collection was dependent upon physician progress notes and discharge summaries. Lack of documentation could have precluded the appropriate diagnosis codes from being assigned. Next, the study population was generated from coding data, so subjectivity could have been introduced during the coding process. Also, a majority of the patients did not fit the study criteria due to discharge with the e934.2 code, because they were found to have an elevated international normalized ratio (INR) after being admitted on warfarin. Finally, chart‐reviewer bias could have affected the results, as the chart reviewer became more proficient at reviewing charts over time. Despite these limitations, the study methodology allowed for screening of a large population for rare events. Bleeding may be a frequent concern with primary thromboprophylaxis, but data from clinical trials and this study help to demonstrate that rates of adverse events from pharmacologic VTE prophylaxis are very rare.

Another potential limitation is raised by the question of whether our methods can be generalized to other sites. Our site is an academic medical center and we have CPOE, which is present in only a small minority of centers. Furthermore, one could question how feasible it is to get institution‐wide consensus for a VTE prevention protocol in settings with heterogenous medical staffs. To address these issues, we used a proven performance improvement framework calling for administrative support, a multidisciplinary improvement team, reliable measures, and a multifaceted approach to interventions. This framework and our experiences have been incorporated into improvement guides27, 28 that have been the centerpiece of the Society of Hospital Medicine VTE Prevention Collaborative improvement efforts in a wide variety of medical environments. The collaborative leadership has observed that success is the rule when this model is followed, in institutions large and small, academic or community, and in both paper and CPOE environments. Not all of these sites use a VTE RAM identical to ours, and there are local nuances to preferred choices of prophylaxis. However, they all incorporated simple VTE risk stratification with only a few levels of risk. Reinforcing the expectation that pharmacologic prophylaxis is indicated for the majority of inpatients is likely more important than the nuances of choices for each risk level.

We demonstrated that dramatic improvement in VTE prophylaxis is achievable, safe, and effective in reducing the incidence of HA VTE. We used scalable, portable methods to make a large and convincing impact on the incidence of HA VTE, while also developing and prospectively validating a VTE RAM. A wide variety of institutions are achieving significant improvement using similar strategies. Future research and improvement efforts should focus on how to accelerate integration of this model across networks of hospitals, leveraging networks with common order sets or information systems. Widespread success in improving VTE prophylaxis would likely have a far‐reaching benefit on morbidity and PE‐related mortality.

References
  1. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Surgeon General's Call to Action to Prevent Deep Vein Thrombosis and Pulmonary Embolism.2008 Clean-up Rule No. CU01 invoked here. . Available at: http://www.surgeongeneral.gov/topics/deepvein. Accessed June 2009.
  2. Heit JA,Melton LJ,Lohse CM, et al.Incidence of venous thromboembolism in hospitalized patients vs. community residents.Mayo Clin Proc.2001;76:11021110.
  3. Dentali F,Douketis JD,Gianni M,Lim W,Crowther MA.Meta‐analysis: anticoagulant prophylaxis to prevent symptomatic venous thromboembolism in hospitalized medical patients.Ann Intern Med.2007;146(4):278288.
  4. Heit JA,O'Fallon WM,Petterson TM, et al.Relative impact of risk factors for deep vein thrombosis and pulmonary embolism.Arch Intern Med.2002;162:12451248.
  5. Tapson VF,Hyers TM,Waldo AL, et al.Antithrombotic therapy practices in US hospitals in an era of practice guidelines.Arch Intern Med.2005;165:14581464.
  6. Clagett GP,Anderson FA,Heit JA, et al.Prevention of venous thromboembolism.Chest.1995;108:312334.
  7. Geerts WH,Bergqvist D,Pineo GF, et al.Prevention of venous thromboembolism: ACCP Evidence‐Based Clinical Practice Guidelines (8th Edition).Chest.2008;133(6 Suppl):381S453S.
  8. Goldhaber SZ,Tapson VF.A prospective registry of 5,451 patients with ultrasound‐confirmed deep vein thrombosis.Am J Cardiol.2004;93:259262.
  9. Monreal M,Kakkar A,Caprini J, et al.The outcome after treatment of venous thromboembolism is different in surgical and acutely ill medical patients. Findings from the RIETE registry.J Thromb Haemost.2004;2:18921898.
  10. Tapson V,Decousus H,Pini M, et al.Venous thromboembolism prophylaxis in acutely ill hospitalized medical patients: findings from the international medical prevention registry on venous thromboembolism.Chest.2007;132(3):936945.
  11. Kahn SR,Panju A,Geerts W, et al.Multicenter evaluation of the use of venous thromboembolism prophylaxis in acutely ill medical patients in Canada.Thromb Res.2007;119(2):145155.
  12. Cohen AT,Tapson VF,Bergmann JF, et al.Venous thromboembolism risk and prophylaxis in the acute hospital care setting (ENDORSE study): a multinational cross‐sectional study.Lancet.2008;371(9610):387394.
  13. Kakkar AK,Davidson BL,Haas SK.Compliance with recommended prophylaxis for venous thromboembolism: improving the use and rate of uptake of clinical practice guidelines.J Thromb Haemost.2004;2:221227.
  14. Anderson F,Spencer F.Risk factors for venous thromboembolism.Circulation.2003;107:I‐9I‐16.
  15. Caprini J,Arcelus J,Reyna J.Effective risk stratification of surgical and nonsurgical patients for venous thromboembolic disease.Semin Hematol.2001;38(2 suppl 5):1219.
  16. Gensini GF,Prisco D,Falciani M,Comeglio M,Colella A.Identification of candidates for prevention of venous thromboembolism.Semin Thromb Hemost.1997;23(1):5567.
  17. Haas S.Venous thromboembolic risk and its prevention in hospitalized medical patients.Semin Thromb Hemost.2002;28(6);577583.
  18. Motykie G,Zebala L,Caprini J, et al.A guide to venous thromboembolism risk factor assessment.J Thromb Thrombolysis.2000;9:253262.
  19. Tooher R,Middleton P,Pham C, et al.A systematic review of strategies to improve prophylaxis for venous thromboembolism in hospitals.Ann Surg.2005;241:397415.
  20. O'Connor C,Adhikari N,DeCaire K,Friedrich J.Medical admission order sets to improve deep vein thrombosis prophylaxis rates and other outcomes.J Hosp Med.2009;4(2):8189.
  21. Maynard G.Medical admission order sets to improve deep vein thrombosis prevention: a model for others or a prescription for mediocrity? [Editorial].J Hosp Med.2009;4(2):7780.
  22. Oxman AD,Thomson MA,Davis DA,Haynes RB.No magic bullets: a systematic review of 102 trials of interventions to improve professional practice.CMAJ.1995;153:14231431.
  23. Bullock‐Palmer RP,Weiss S,Hyman C.Innovative approaches to increase deep vein thrombosis prophylaxis rate resulting in a decrease in hospital‐acquired deep vein thrombosis at a tertiary‐care teaching hospital.J Hosp Med.2008;3(2):148155.
  24. Shojania KG,McDonald KM,Wachter RM,Owens DK.Closing the Quality Gap: A Critical Analysis of Quality Improvement Strategies.Rockville, MD:Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality;2004.
  25. CMS Office of Public Affairs. Fact Sheet: CMS Proposes Additions to List of Hospital‐Acquired Conditions for Fiscal Year 2009. Available at: http://www.cms.hhs.gov/apps/media/press/factsheet.asp?Counter=3042. Accessed June2009.
  26. The DVT/PE 2007 Knowledge Transfer Meeting. Proceedings of November 30, 2007 meeting. Available at: http://www.uhc.edu/21801.htm. Accessed June2009.
  27. Maynard G,Stein J. Preventing Hospital‐Acquired Venous Thromboembolism. A Guide for Effective Quality Improvement. Society of Hospital Medicine, VTE Quality Improvement Resource Room. Available at: http://www.hospitalmedicine.org/ResourceRoomRedesign/RR_VTE/VTE_Home.cfm. Accessed June 2009.
  28. Maynard G,Stein J.Preventing Hospital‐Acquired Venous Thromboembolism: A Guide for Effective Quality Improvement. Prepared by the Society of Hospital Medicine. AHRQ Publication No. 08–0075.Rockville, MD:Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. September2008. Available at: http://www.ahrq.gov/qual/vtguide. Accessed June 2009.
References
  1. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. Surgeon General's Call to Action to Prevent Deep Vein Thrombosis and Pulmonary Embolism.2008 Clean-up Rule No. CU01 invoked here. . Available at: http://www.surgeongeneral.gov/topics/deepvein. Accessed June 2009.
  2. Heit JA,Melton LJ,Lohse CM, et al.Incidence of venous thromboembolism in hospitalized patients vs. community residents.Mayo Clin Proc.2001;76:11021110.
  3. Dentali F,Douketis JD,Gianni M,Lim W,Crowther MA.Meta‐analysis: anticoagulant prophylaxis to prevent symptomatic venous thromboembolism in hospitalized medical patients.Ann Intern Med.2007;146(4):278288.
  4. Heit JA,O'Fallon WM,Petterson TM, et al.Relative impact of risk factors for deep vein thrombosis and pulmonary embolism.Arch Intern Med.2002;162:12451248.
  5. Tapson VF,Hyers TM,Waldo AL, et al.Antithrombotic therapy practices in US hospitals in an era of practice guidelines.Arch Intern Med.2005;165:14581464.
  6. Clagett GP,Anderson FA,Heit JA, et al.Prevention of venous thromboembolism.Chest.1995;108:312334.
  7. Geerts WH,Bergqvist D,Pineo GF, et al.Prevention of venous thromboembolism: ACCP Evidence‐Based Clinical Practice Guidelines (8th Edition).Chest.2008;133(6 Suppl):381S453S.
  8. Goldhaber SZ,Tapson VF.A prospective registry of 5,451 patients with ultrasound‐confirmed deep vein thrombosis.Am J Cardiol.2004;93:259262.
  9. Monreal M,Kakkar A,Caprini J, et al.The outcome after treatment of venous thromboembolism is different in surgical and acutely ill medical patients. Findings from the RIETE registry.J Thromb Haemost.2004;2:18921898.
  10. Tapson V,Decousus H,Pini M, et al.Venous thromboembolism prophylaxis in acutely ill hospitalized medical patients: findings from the international medical prevention registry on venous thromboembolism.Chest.2007;132(3):936945.
  11. Kahn SR,Panju A,Geerts W, et al.Multicenter evaluation of the use of venous thromboembolism prophylaxis in acutely ill medical patients in Canada.Thromb Res.2007;119(2):145155.
  12. Cohen AT,Tapson VF,Bergmann JF, et al.Venous thromboembolism risk and prophylaxis in the acute hospital care setting (ENDORSE study): a multinational cross‐sectional study.Lancet.2008;371(9610):387394.
  13. Kakkar AK,Davidson BL,Haas SK.Compliance with recommended prophylaxis for venous thromboembolism: improving the use and rate of uptake of clinical practice guidelines.J Thromb Haemost.2004;2:221227.
  14. Anderson F,Spencer F.Risk factors for venous thromboembolism.Circulation.2003;107:I‐9I‐16.
  15. Caprini J,Arcelus J,Reyna J.Effective risk stratification of surgical and nonsurgical patients for venous thromboembolic disease.Semin Hematol.2001;38(2 suppl 5):1219.
  16. Gensini GF,Prisco D,Falciani M,Comeglio M,Colella A.Identification of candidates for prevention of venous thromboembolism.Semin Thromb Hemost.1997;23(1):5567.
  17. Haas S.Venous thromboembolic risk and its prevention in hospitalized medical patients.Semin Thromb Hemost.2002;28(6);577583.
  18. Motykie G,Zebala L,Caprini J, et al.A guide to venous thromboembolism risk factor assessment.J Thromb Thrombolysis.2000;9:253262.
  19. Tooher R,Middleton P,Pham C, et al.A systematic review of strategies to improve prophylaxis for venous thromboembolism in hospitals.Ann Surg.2005;241:397415.
  20. O'Connor C,Adhikari N,DeCaire K,Friedrich J.Medical admission order sets to improve deep vein thrombosis prophylaxis rates and other outcomes.J Hosp Med.2009;4(2):8189.
  21. Maynard G.Medical admission order sets to improve deep vein thrombosis prevention: a model for others or a prescription for mediocrity? [Editorial].J Hosp Med.2009;4(2):7780.
  22. Oxman AD,Thomson MA,Davis DA,Haynes RB.No magic bullets: a systematic review of 102 trials of interventions to improve professional practice.CMAJ.1995;153:14231431.
  23. Bullock‐Palmer RP,Weiss S,Hyman C.Innovative approaches to increase deep vein thrombosis prophylaxis rate resulting in a decrease in hospital‐acquired deep vein thrombosis at a tertiary‐care teaching hospital.J Hosp Med.2008;3(2):148155.
  24. Shojania KG,McDonald KM,Wachter RM,Owens DK.Closing the Quality Gap: A Critical Analysis of Quality Improvement Strategies.Rockville, MD:Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality;2004.
  25. CMS Office of Public Affairs. Fact Sheet: CMS Proposes Additions to List of Hospital‐Acquired Conditions for Fiscal Year 2009. Available at: http://www.cms.hhs.gov/apps/media/press/factsheet.asp?Counter=3042. Accessed June2009.
  26. The DVT/PE 2007 Knowledge Transfer Meeting. Proceedings of November 30, 2007 meeting. Available at: http://www.uhc.edu/21801.htm. Accessed June2009.
  27. Maynard G,Stein J. Preventing Hospital‐Acquired Venous Thromboembolism. A Guide for Effective Quality Improvement. Society of Hospital Medicine, VTE Quality Improvement Resource Room. Available at: http://www.hospitalmedicine.org/ResourceRoomRedesign/RR_VTE/VTE_Home.cfm. Accessed June 2009.
  28. Maynard G,Stein J.Preventing Hospital‐Acquired Venous Thromboembolism: A Guide for Effective Quality Improvement. Prepared by the Society of Hospital Medicine. AHRQ Publication No. 08–0075.Rockville, MD:Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality. September2008. Available at: http://www.ahrq.gov/qual/vtguide. Accessed June 2009.
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(1)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine - 5(1)
Page Number
10-18
Page Number
10-18
Article Type
Display Headline
Optimizing prevention of hospital‐acquired venous thromboembolism (VTE): Prospective validation of a VTE risk assessment model
Display Headline
Optimizing prevention of hospital‐acquired venous thromboembolism (VTE): Prospective validation of a VTE risk assessment model
Legacy Keywords
adhesence, care standerdization, computerized physician orders entry, deep vein thrombosis prophylaxis, preventive services, quality, improvement, venous, thromboembolism
Legacy Keywords
adhesence, care standerdization, computerized physician orders entry, deep vein thrombosis prophylaxis, preventive services, quality, improvement, venous, thromboembolism
Sections
Article Source

Copyright © 2010 Society of Hospital Medicine

Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Clinical Professor of Medicine and Chief, Division of Hospital Medicine, University of California, San Diego Medical Center, 200 West Arbor Drive #8485, San Diego, CA 92103
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Article PDF Media

Money Man

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 09/14/2018 - 12:32
Display Headline
Money Man

Founded in 1974, the Congressional Budget Office (CBO) assists Congress by preparing objective, nonpartisan analyses to aid in budgetary decisions. To do this, the CBO turns to its panel of health and economic advisers to examine frontier research in healthcare policy and other issues facing the nation.

David Meltzer, MD, PhD, FHM, a hospitalist and associate professor in the Department of Medicine and the Graduate School of Public Policy Studies at the University of Chicago, was recently appointed to a two-year term on the CBO’s health advisory panel. We spoke with Dr. Meltzer to learn more about his appointment.

Question: Can you explain the purpose of your role as a health adviser for the Congressional Budget Office?

Answer: The general purpose of having health advisors to the CBO is to provide thorough advice on issues relevant to public policies that are being considered. It is a tool to help clarify CBO’s thinking before they make public statements.

Q: Why is your role as a hospitalist beneficial to the advisory board?

 

A: Obviously, a lot of policy takes place in the hospital setting—both in terms of costs and interventions, which affect people's outcomes. My training as a hospitalist shapes how I think about that. Being a hospitalist makes me aware of some of the challenges in coordinating this care. This is something that I bring to the CBO.

Q: What topics do you typically discuss during your meetings with the CBO?

A: While I can’t disclose what we specifically discuss in the CBO because of confidentiality reasons, I can say that the advice we give is mostly general in nature, but occasionally it can be about more specific issues at hand.

Q: What role does hospital medicine play within the CBO’s analysis of healthcare issues?

A: In general, a lot of the issues facing the healthcare system are about how to control healthcare costs while maintaining and controlling quality. Hospital medicine has been very involved in measuring and improving quality of care and the coordination of care in the inpatient and outpatient setting—a broad issue for the whole U.S. healthcare system.

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2009(09)
Publications
Sections

Founded in 1974, the Congressional Budget Office (CBO) assists Congress by preparing objective, nonpartisan analyses to aid in budgetary decisions. To do this, the CBO turns to its panel of health and economic advisers to examine frontier research in healthcare policy and other issues facing the nation.

David Meltzer, MD, PhD, FHM, a hospitalist and associate professor in the Department of Medicine and the Graduate School of Public Policy Studies at the University of Chicago, was recently appointed to a two-year term on the CBO’s health advisory panel. We spoke with Dr. Meltzer to learn more about his appointment.

Question: Can you explain the purpose of your role as a health adviser for the Congressional Budget Office?

Answer: The general purpose of having health advisors to the CBO is to provide thorough advice on issues relevant to public policies that are being considered. It is a tool to help clarify CBO’s thinking before they make public statements.

Q: Why is your role as a hospitalist beneficial to the advisory board?

 

A: Obviously, a lot of policy takes place in the hospital setting—both in terms of costs and interventions, which affect people's outcomes. My training as a hospitalist shapes how I think about that. Being a hospitalist makes me aware of some of the challenges in coordinating this care. This is something that I bring to the CBO.

Q: What topics do you typically discuss during your meetings with the CBO?

A: While I can’t disclose what we specifically discuss in the CBO because of confidentiality reasons, I can say that the advice we give is mostly general in nature, but occasionally it can be about more specific issues at hand.

Q: What role does hospital medicine play within the CBO’s analysis of healthcare issues?

A: In general, a lot of the issues facing the healthcare system are about how to control healthcare costs while maintaining and controlling quality. Hospital medicine has been very involved in measuring and improving quality of care and the coordination of care in the inpatient and outpatient setting—a broad issue for the whole U.S. healthcare system.

Founded in 1974, the Congressional Budget Office (CBO) assists Congress by preparing objective, nonpartisan analyses to aid in budgetary decisions. To do this, the CBO turns to its panel of health and economic advisers to examine frontier research in healthcare policy and other issues facing the nation.

David Meltzer, MD, PhD, FHM, a hospitalist and associate professor in the Department of Medicine and the Graduate School of Public Policy Studies at the University of Chicago, was recently appointed to a two-year term on the CBO’s health advisory panel. We spoke with Dr. Meltzer to learn more about his appointment.

Question: Can you explain the purpose of your role as a health adviser for the Congressional Budget Office?

Answer: The general purpose of having health advisors to the CBO is to provide thorough advice on issues relevant to public policies that are being considered. It is a tool to help clarify CBO’s thinking before they make public statements.

Q: Why is your role as a hospitalist beneficial to the advisory board?

 

A: Obviously, a lot of policy takes place in the hospital setting—both in terms of costs and interventions, which affect people's outcomes. My training as a hospitalist shapes how I think about that. Being a hospitalist makes me aware of some of the challenges in coordinating this care. This is something that I bring to the CBO.

Q: What topics do you typically discuss during your meetings with the CBO?

A: While I can’t disclose what we specifically discuss in the CBO because of confidentiality reasons, I can say that the advice we give is mostly general in nature, but occasionally it can be about more specific issues at hand.

Q: What role does hospital medicine play within the CBO’s analysis of healthcare issues?

A: In general, a lot of the issues facing the healthcare system are about how to control healthcare costs while maintaining and controlling quality. Hospital medicine has been very involved in measuring and improving quality of care and the coordination of care in the inpatient and outpatient setting—a broad issue for the whole U.S. healthcare system.

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2009(09)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2009(09)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Money Man
Display Headline
Money Man
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)

Are You Ready to Work?

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 09/14/2018 - 12:32
Display Headline
Are You Ready to Work?

Physicians generally have little experience hunting for jobs. After more than a decade of education and training, graduating residents are in their late 20s—or older—when they begin searching for full-time work, and many struggle with the transition. The following seasonal tips will help you find your first hospitalist job. For more details, check out The Hospitalist's “Resident’s Corner.”

July-September

  • Choose a mentor. Find an experienced hospitalist who can provide valuable feedback during your job search.
  • Choose your senior-year electives carefully. Focus on areas of weakness, or areas that are pertinent to HM (e.g., infectious disease, cardiology, neurology, critical-care medicine).
  • Create or update your curriculum vitae and cover letter. Edit your words carefully; spelling errors or typos in documents are costly.
  • • Request letters of recommendation. Think hard about who you want before asking for a letter, as these typically carry a lot of weight in the interview selection process. Although program directors, chiefs of medicine, and hospitalists can be good choices, it is important to choose people who know you well, as they tend to generate a more personal and powerful letter.

October-December

  • Start your job search by applying for desired positions. Hospitalists are in high demand; check out these sites for openings: SHM’s Career Center; classified ad sections in the Journal of Hospital Medicine; general medicine journals and The Hospitalist; and hospitals and HM groups of interest. Even if they are not advertising, contact them personally.
  • Research potential employers. Prepare appropriate interview questions.
  • Bring extra copies of your updated CV and look sharp. Shine your shoes. Is it time to replace the suit you used to apply for residency?
  • Send a thank-you note or e-mail to the person(s) you interviewed with.

January-March

  • When you receive an offer, it’s time to review the contract and negotiate terms. Don’t hesitate to ask for clarification of unclear points. You might want to have a lawyer review the contract.
  • Register for your board examination.
  • Apply for state medical licensure. This process varies by state, but it can take several months to complete, especially if you are applying in a state other than where you trained.
  • Apply for hospital credentials.

April-June

  • Moving to a different city or state can be exciting—and stressful. Talk to your new co-workers to get a feel for the city and recommendations for places to live. Some employers are very helpful with a move; some provide new hires with a real estate agent. Moving expenses often are covered as a condition of employment, but it depends on your contract.
  • Consider taking a vacation to either further explore relocation options or to simply relax. You might need time to unwind as your residency concludes. Some future hospitalists like to use this time to intensify their board review; others cringe at the thought.

Dr. Grant is a hospitalist at the University of Michigan Health System in Ann Arbor. Dr. Warren-Marzola is a hospitalist at St. Luke’s Hospital in Toledo, Ohio. Both are members of SHM’s Young Physicians Committee.

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2009(09)
Publications
Sections

Physicians generally have little experience hunting for jobs. After more than a decade of education and training, graduating residents are in their late 20s—or older—when they begin searching for full-time work, and many struggle with the transition. The following seasonal tips will help you find your first hospitalist job. For more details, check out The Hospitalist's “Resident’s Corner.”

July-September

  • Choose a mentor. Find an experienced hospitalist who can provide valuable feedback during your job search.
  • Choose your senior-year electives carefully. Focus on areas of weakness, or areas that are pertinent to HM (e.g., infectious disease, cardiology, neurology, critical-care medicine).
  • Create or update your curriculum vitae and cover letter. Edit your words carefully; spelling errors or typos in documents are costly.
  • • Request letters of recommendation. Think hard about who you want before asking for a letter, as these typically carry a lot of weight in the interview selection process. Although program directors, chiefs of medicine, and hospitalists can be good choices, it is important to choose people who know you well, as they tend to generate a more personal and powerful letter.

October-December

  • Start your job search by applying for desired positions. Hospitalists are in high demand; check out these sites for openings: SHM’s Career Center; classified ad sections in the Journal of Hospital Medicine; general medicine journals and The Hospitalist; and hospitals and HM groups of interest. Even if they are not advertising, contact them personally.
  • Research potential employers. Prepare appropriate interview questions.
  • Bring extra copies of your updated CV and look sharp. Shine your shoes. Is it time to replace the suit you used to apply for residency?
  • Send a thank-you note or e-mail to the person(s) you interviewed with.

January-March

  • When you receive an offer, it’s time to review the contract and negotiate terms. Don’t hesitate to ask for clarification of unclear points. You might want to have a lawyer review the contract.
  • Register for your board examination.
  • Apply for state medical licensure. This process varies by state, but it can take several months to complete, especially if you are applying in a state other than where you trained.
  • Apply for hospital credentials.

April-June

  • Moving to a different city or state can be exciting—and stressful. Talk to your new co-workers to get a feel for the city and recommendations for places to live. Some employers are very helpful with a move; some provide new hires with a real estate agent. Moving expenses often are covered as a condition of employment, but it depends on your contract.
  • Consider taking a vacation to either further explore relocation options or to simply relax. You might need time to unwind as your residency concludes. Some future hospitalists like to use this time to intensify their board review; others cringe at the thought.

Dr. Grant is a hospitalist at the University of Michigan Health System in Ann Arbor. Dr. Warren-Marzola is a hospitalist at St. Luke’s Hospital in Toledo, Ohio. Both are members of SHM’s Young Physicians Committee.

Physicians generally have little experience hunting for jobs. After more than a decade of education and training, graduating residents are in their late 20s—or older—when they begin searching for full-time work, and many struggle with the transition. The following seasonal tips will help you find your first hospitalist job. For more details, check out The Hospitalist's “Resident’s Corner.”

July-September

  • Choose a mentor. Find an experienced hospitalist who can provide valuable feedback during your job search.
  • Choose your senior-year electives carefully. Focus on areas of weakness, or areas that are pertinent to HM (e.g., infectious disease, cardiology, neurology, critical-care medicine).
  • Create or update your curriculum vitae and cover letter. Edit your words carefully; spelling errors or typos in documents are costly.
  • • Request letters of recommendation. Think hard about who you want before asking for a letter, as these typically carry a lot of weight in the interview selection process. Although program directors, chiefs of medicine, and hospitalists can be good choices, it is important to choose people who know you well, as they tend to generate a more personal and powerful letter.

October-December

  • Start your job search by applying for desired positions. Hospitalists are in high demand; check out these sites for openings: SHM’s Career Center; classified ad sections in the Journal of Hospital Medicine; general medicine journals and The Hospitalist; and hospitals and HM groups of interest. Even if they are not advertising, contact them personally.
  • Research potential employers. Prepare appropriate interview questions.
  • Bring extra copies of your updated CV and look sharp. Shine your shoes. Is it time to replace the suit you used to apply for residency?
  • Send a thank-you note or e-mail to the person(s) you interviewed with.

January-March

  • When you receive an offer, it’s time to review the contract and negotiate terms. Don’t hesitate to ask for clarification of unclear points. You might want to have a lawyer review the contract.
  • Register for your board examination.
  • Apply for state medical licensure. This process varies by state, but it can take several months to complete, especially if you are applying in a state other than where you trained.
  • Apply for hospital credentials.

April-June

  • Moving to a different city or state can be exciting—and stressful. Talk to your new co-workers to get a feel for the city and recommendations for places to live. Some employers are very helpful with a move; some provide new hires with a real estate agent. Moving expenses often are covered as a condition of employment, but it depends on your contract.
  • Consider taking a vacation to either further explore relocation options or to simply relax. You might need time to unwind as your residency concludes. Some future hospitalists like to use this time to intensify their board review; others cringe at the thought.

Dr. Grant is a hospitalist at the University of Michigan Health System in Ann Arbor. Dr. Warren-Marzola is a hospitalist at St. Luke’s Hospital in Toledo, Ohio. Both are members of SHM’s Young Physicians Committee.

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2009(09)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2009(09)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Are You Ready to Work?
Display Headline
Are You Ready to Work?
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)

Hospitals Look to Future with White House Deal

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 09/14/2018 - 12:32
Display Headline
Hospitals Look to Future with White House Deal

The 10-year, $155 billion revenue cut that the nation's hospitals agreed to this summer to help President Obama push his healthcare reform package through has elicited mixed reactions as stakeholders debate whether reimbursement cuts in the short term will pay off in the long run. And while some hospitalists worry that hospitals might cut support to HM groups, the head of the American Hospital Association (AHA) says the deal was a smart move—one that creates an opportunity for hospitalists to further prove their worth.

Rich Umbdenstock, FACHE, president and CEO of the AHA, says some estimates had hospitals absorbing north of $300 billion in cuts from Medicare reimbursement. “We think that overall, although they are significant reductions, they’re not nearly as onerous or as far-reaching as what the president and the House were proposing,” Umbdenstock says. “As tough as it will be for all of us to navigate this, we believe we have limited the impact to a manageable amount.”

Managing that deficit is an area in which HM leaders can help their respective institutions, Umbdenstock adds.

More than 90% of HM groups receive hospital support from their institutions, according to SHM’s 2007-2008 "Bi-Annual Survey on the State of the Hospital Medicine Movement." “It’s a reality that has some HM groups nervous that the cuts will reduce hospital subsidies. When this money disappears, hospitals are going to have to make some very difficult decisions,” says hospitalist Marc Westle, DO, FACP, CPE, president and managing partner of Asheville Hospital Group in North Carolina. “Something will have to give.”

Umbdenstock sees opportunity in the challenge. And while acknowledging that QI won’t be an HM-centric concern in the coming years, SHM and rank-and-file hospitalists can lead the charge. “We’ve got to get better at understanding what gives us the best positive impact, the best return on information,” Umbdenstock says. “Given the role hospitalists play, they’ll be an increasingly important constituency to further the understanding of where those efficiencies … can be found. They’re on our front lines.”

The White House and hospital groups agreed to $103 billion in savings from delayed increases in Medicare payments, $50 billion from cutting charity care compensation, and $2 billion from readmission rates. Healthcare economists already have argued that the agreement will have less impact than some fear. Mark Pauly, PhD, professor of healthcare management at The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, says hospitals operating on thin margins might suffer from upfront costs, but are likely to profit more when health insurance creates more “paying customers in the long run.”

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2009(09)
Publications
Sections

The 10-year, $155 billion revenue cut that the nation's hospitals agreed to this summer to help President Obama push his healthcare reform package through has elicited mixed reactions as stakeholders debate whether reimbursement cuts in the short term will pay off in the long run. And while some hospitalists worry that hospitals might cut support to HM groups, the head of the American Hospital Association (AHA) says the deal was a smart move—one that creates an opportunity for hospitalists to further prove their worth.

Rich Umbdenstock, FACHE, president and CEO of the AHA, says some estimates had hospitals absorbing north of $300 billion in cuts from Medicare reimbursement. “We think that overall, although they are significant reductions, they’re not nearly as onerous or as far-reaching as what the president and the House were proposing,” Umbdenstock says. “As tough as it will be for all of us to navigate this, we believe we have limited the impact to a manageable amount.”

Managing that deficit is an area in which HM leaders can help their respective institutions, Umbdenstock adds.

More than 90% of HM groups receive hospital support from their institutions, according to SHM’s 2007-2008 "Bi-Annual Survey on the State of the Hospital Medicine Movement." “It’s a reality that has some HM groups nervous that the cuts will reduce hospital subsidies. When this money disappears, hospitals are going to have to make some very difficult decisions,” says hospitalist Marc Westle, DO, FACP, CPE, president and managing partner of Asheville Hospital Group in North Carolina. “Something will have to give.”

Umbdenstock sees opportunity in the challenge. And while acknowledging that QI won’t be an HM-centric concern in the coming years, SHM and rank-and-file hospitalists can lead the charge. “We’ve got to get better at understanding what gives us the best positive impact, the best return on information,” Umbdenstock says. “Given the role hospitalists play, they’ll be an increasingly important constituency to further the understanding of where those efficiencies … can be found. They’re on our front lines.”

The White House and hospital groups agreed to $103 billion in savings from delayed increases in Medicare payments, $50 billion from cutting charity care compensation, and $2 billion from readmission rates. Healthcare economists already have argued that the agreement will have less impact than some fear. Mark Pauly, PhD, professor of healthcare management at The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, says hospitals operating on thin margins might suffer from upfront costs, but are likely to profit more when health insurance creates more “paying customers in the long run.”

The 10-year, $155 billion revenue cut that the nation's hospitals agreed to this summer to help President Obama push his healthcare reform package through has elicited mixed reactions as stakeholders debate whether reimbursement cuts in the short term will pay off in the long run. And while some hospitalists worry that hospitals might cut support to HM groups, the head of the American Hospital Association (AHA) says the deal was a smart move—one that creates an opportunity for hospitalists to further prove their worth.

Rich Umbdenstock, FACHE, president and CEO of the AHA, says some estimates had hospitals absorbing north of $300 billion in cuts from Medicare reimbursement. “We think that overall, although they are significant reductions, they’re not nearly as onerous or as far-reaching as what the president and the House were proposing,” Umbdenstock says. “As tough as it will be for all of us to navigate this, we believe we have limited the impact to a manageable amount.”

Managing that deficit is an area in which HM leaders can help their respective institutions, Umbdenstock adds.

More than 90% of HM groups receive hospital support from their institutions, according to SHM’s 2007-2008 "Bi-Annual Survey on the State of the Hospital Medicine Movement." “It’s a reality that has some HM groups nervous that the cuts will reduce hospital subsidies. When this money disappears, hospitals are going to have to make some very difficult decisions,” says hospitalist Marc Westle, DO, FACP, CPE, president and managing partner of Asheville Hospital Group in North Carolina. “Something will have to give.”

Umbdenstock sees opportunity in the challenge. And while acknowledging that QI won’t be an HM-centric concern in the coming years, SHM and rank-and-file hospitalists can lead the charge. “We’ve got to get better at understanding what gives us the best positive impact, the best return on information,” Umbdenstock says. “Given the role hospitalists play, they’ll be an increasingly important constituency to further the understanding of where those efficiencies … can be found. They’re on our front lines.”

The White House and hospital groups agreed to $103 billion in savings from delayed increases in Medicare payments, $50 billion from cutting charity care compensation, and $2 billion from readmission rates. Healthcare economists already have argued that the agreement will have less impact than some fear. Mark Pauly, PhD, professor of healthcare management at The Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania, says hospitals operating on thin margins might suffer from upfront costs, but are likely to profit more when health insurance creates more “paying customers in the long run.”

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2009(09)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2009(09)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Hospitals Look to Future with White House Deal
Display Headline
Hospitals Look to Future with White House Deal
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)

Dirty Laundry?

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 09/14/2018 - 12:33
Display Headline
Dirty Laundry?

You do it hundreds of times a year: After a long day of rounds and face-to-face encounters with patients, you walk back to your office and hang up your lab coat. But should you put the same lab coat on tomorrow?

Maybe not, according to the American Medical Association (AMA), which sponsored a discussion forum last month on whether lab coats and certain articles of clothing should be banned to help prevent the spread of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus and clostridium difficile. The discussion comes two years after the British National Health System instituted a policy banning neckties, white coats, and long sleeves because of the clothing’s potential to spread hospital-acquired infections. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention estimates more than 2 million Americans contract hospital-acquired infections every year; more than 5% of those cases result in death.

But is the risk for real?

Armando Paez, MD, a hospitalist and infectious-disease specialist at Tufts University’s School of Medicine in Boston, says there is little evidence to show clothing can help spread disease. Nevertheless, he says hospitals should consider laundry policies as a precautionary measure. “Short sleeves are good because you can wash your hands and forearms from patient to patient,” Dr. Paez says. “You can’t do that with the sleeve of a lab coat. … Unless they run a study to compare physicians not wearing white coats versus the ones who do, we will never know. But there are a lot of variables that would need to be controlled to run that experiment.”

Erik DeLue, MD, MBA, FHM, a medical director of the hospitalist program at Virtua Memorial Hospital in Mount Holly, N.J., sees hospitalists adopting scrubs in the future because they are easier to clean and maintain. “We give everyone three lab coats and I know that people aren’t washing them,” he says. “People wash their shirts every day; why do they wash their lab coats once or twice a week?”

Both hospitalists acknowledge that a physician in a lab coat is iconic and beneficial to the healthcare profession. Dr. Paez says his geriatric patients are especially receptive to professional dress. “Traditionally, the white coat still has a large effect on the patient’s mind,” he says.

That said, if the AMA decides to hang up the lab coats, both doctors say their services would follow the guidelines. “While we don’t have great evidence, it’s just common sense,” Dr. DeLue says.

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2009(09)
Publications
Sections

You do it hundreds of times a year: After a long day of rounds and face-to-face encounters with patients, you walk back to your office and hang up your lab coat. But should you put the same lab coat on tomorrow?

Maybe not, according to the American Medical Association (AMA), which sponsored a discussion forum last month on whether lab coats and certain articles of clothing should be banned to help prevent the spread of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus and clostridium difficile. The discussion comes two years after the British National Health System instituted a policy banning neckties, white coats, and long sleeves because of the clothing’s potential to spread hospital-acquired infections. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention estimates more than 2 million Americans contract hospital-acquired infections every year; more than 5% of those cases result in death.

But is the risk for real?

Armando Paez, MD, a hospitalist and infectious-disease specialist at Tufts University’s School of Medicine in Boston, says there is little evidence to show clothing can help spread disease. Nevertheless, he says hospitals should consider laundry policies as a precautionary measure. “Short sleeves are good because you can wash your hands and forearms from patient to patient,” Dr. Paez says. “You can’t do that with the sleeve of a lab coat. … Unless they run a study to compare physicians not wearing white coats versus the ones who do, we will never know. But there are a lot of variables that would need to be controlled to run that experiment.”

Erik DeLue, MD, MBA, FHM, a medical director of the hospitalist program at Virtua Memorial Hospital in Mount Holly, N.J., sees hospitalists adopting scrubs in the future because they are easier to clean and maintain. “We give everyone three lab coats and I know that people aren’t washing them,” he says. “People wash their shirts every day; why do they wash their lab coats once or twice a week?”

Both hospitalists acknowledge that a physician in a lab coat is iconic and beneficial to the healthcare profession. Dr. Paez says his geriatric patients are especially receptive to professional dress. “Traditionally, the white coat still has a large effect on the patient’s mind,” he says.

That said, if the AMA decides to hang up the lab coats, both doctors say their services would follow the guidelines. “While we don’t have great evidence, it’s just common sense,” Dr. DeLue says.

You do it hundreds of times a year: After a long day of rounds and face-to-face encounters with patients, you walk back to your office and hang up your lab coat. But should you put the same lab coat on tomorrow?

Maybe not, according to the American Medical Association (AMA), which sponsored a discussion forum last month on whether lab coats and certain articles of clothing should be banned to help prevent the spread of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus and clostridium difficile. The discussion comes two years after the British National Health System instituted a policy banning neckties, white coats, and long sleeves because of the clothing’s potential to spread hospital-acquired infections. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention estimates more than 2 million Americans contract hospital-acquired infections every year; more than 5% of those cases result in death.

But is the risk for real?

Armando Paez, MD, a hospitalist and infectious-disease specialist at Tufts University’s School of Medicine in Boston, says there is little evidence to show clothing can help spread disease. Nevertheless, he says hospitals should consider laundry policies as a precautionary measure. “Short sleeves are good because you can wash your hands and forearms from patient to patient,” Dr. Paez says. “You can’t do that with the sleeve of a lab coat. … Unless they run a study to compare physicians not wearing white coats versus the ones who do, we will never know. But there are a lot of variables that would need to be controlled to run that experiment.”

Erik DeLue, MD, MBA, FHM, a medical director of the hospitalist program at Virtua Memorial Hospital in Mount Holly, N.J., sees hospitalists adopting scrubs in the future because they are easier to clean and maintain. “We give everyone three lab coats and I know that people aren’t washing them,” he says. “People wash their shirts every day; why do they wash their lab coats once or twice a week?”

Both hospitalists acknowledge that a physician in a lab coat is iconic and beneficial to the healthcare profession. Dr. Paez says his geriatric patients are especially receptive to professional dress. “Traditionally, the white coat still has a large effect on the patient’s mind,” he says.

That said, if the AMA decides to hang up the lab coats, both doctors say their services would follow the guidelines. “While we don’t have great evidence, it’s just common sense,” Dr. DeLue says.

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2009(09)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2009(09)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Dirty Laundry?
Display Headline
Dirty Laundry?
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)

Nice to Meet You

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 09/14/2018 - 12:33
Display Headline
Nice to Meet You

Susan Connelly of Fruitland Park, Fla., is a volunteer at her local community hospital who until recently had never heard of a hospitalist. One day, she entered a hospital room and, as she regularly did with patients she visited, asked if there was anything the man in the bed needed.

“I want to know where my doctor is,” the patient said.

“You mean your doctor hasn’t seen you?” Connelly asked.

“No,” he said. “I’m not even sure he knows I’m here.”

Somewhat incredulous, Connelly retrieved the hospital’s physician handbook and helped the patient look up his physician’s phone number. “I didn’t think too much about it,” she says. But the following week, when she appeared at the hospital to volunteer, a supervisor called her into the office. The supervisor asked Connelly about the incident and gently admonished her for encouraging the patient to call his primary-care physician (PCP), as “a hospitalist is working with him now.”

“A what? I had never even heard the term,” Connelly says. She asked her fellow volunteers, known as patient representatives at her hospital, if they had ever heard of a hospitalist. One had, but only because her husband had been admitted for a hospital stay. Concerned, Connelly wrote letters to the editors of two local newspapers. Both were published (see Figure 2, “Familiar Face Gone Missing,” p. 30).

We need to stress in residency training the specific issue of helping make the patient feel comfortable when their own doctor is not seeing them in the hospital.

—Robert Centor, MD, associate dean of medicine, University of Alabama at Birmingham

“If I am admitted to the hospital, my doctor will most likely ‘dump’ me on what is now called a ‘hospitalist,’ ” she wrote. “Information gathered [by the hospitalist] should be forwarded to your doctor; the key word is ‘should.’ Why develop this long-term relationship with a doctor, if when you really need him, he is not there for you and you are dealing with a stranger?”

Why indeed?

It might not happen with every new admission, but patient fears are a reality. The uncertainty of a hospital stay, a new physician, and new medications can take their toll on the human psyche. Patients are upset with their PCP, the hospital, the system; many times it’s the hospitalist who feels the brunt of their anger. Not only do hospitalists have to calm a patient worried about PCP disconnect, but they also have to reassure the patient that they will be attentive to their needs, provide a high quality of care during the hospital stay, and communicate with their PCP about diagnoses, medications, and follow-up care. Hospitalists should weave in some of the documented plusses a hospitalist brings to the table: shorter length of stays, greater patient access and availability, and improved quality of care.

Tips for Calming Upset Patients

  • Sit down. Find a stool or chair. This is an important step in the process.
  • Deal with the family. If they are there, communicate with them. Try to understand the family dynamic.
  • Call the PCP and subspecialists. Find out what they know about this patient and ask for suggestions. Make sure you and the PCP communicate well and promptly on admission and discharge.
  • Prepare for pitfalls. Expect uncomfortable patients to placate you; avoid you; minimize you; and appear angry, defensive, or impatient.

—AS

Although some patients might view hospitalists as “strangers,” HM physicians can learn methods to ease patient anxiety and answer tough questions from patients about the role they play in hospital care.

 

 

Restore Confidence

Simple conversations can help hospitalists defuse patient dissatisfaction. When a patient asks why their PCP won’t be seeing them in the hospital, it’s best to begin with a reassuring approach. For example, introduce yourself and say you have reviewed the case with their PCP. You can include key information from their medical history and recent hospitalizations, if appropriate.

Robert Centor, MD, a hospitalist and associate dean of medicine at the University of Alabama at Birmingham, suggests a few other key behaviors for initial patient visits. He finds a way to make appropriate physical contact by taking a pulse, checking the heart and lungs, or patting a shoulder to clearly embody the role of the physician in charge.

“And pull up a chair,” he says. “If there is no chair, bring in a chair. But sit down—always.”

Dr. Centor also recommends a transparent approach, “especially in hospital medicine,” he explains. “Be explicit about what you’re thinking, what you’re doing, and why you’re doing it.”1

Transparency can protect you as it informs and comforts patients and their families. For instance, “hospitalized patients are probably hearing from every relative they have and half the friends they have,” Dr. Centor says. “If one of those people is a physician, they may be second-guessing you. You can overcome their wariness by remembering that this is all about bedside manner and the explanations you give them, including discharge instructions.”

Dr. Centor says your bedside manner needs to fit your personality. When you talk to a patient, use language that matches your personality. You can adopt someone else’s introductory script; just make sure to modify it to fit your work environment (see “Strategies to Ease Patient Concerns,” p. 29).

PATIENT BROCHURE COURTESY OF COGENT HEALTHCAREclick for large version
Figure 1. Make Patient Education a Priority.

“What Is This?”

Earlier this year, CJ Clarke of Leesburg, Fla., underwent a colonoscopy screening at a local doctor’s office. She had been kept on warfarin (Coumadin) to prevent complications, but after she bled for four days from a puncture sustained during the procedure, she went to the ED. She was admitted, but it wasn’t until the following afternoon that she learned that hospitalists—not her PCP— would be taking care of her.

“This totally unknown guy came in and said he would be filling in for my doctor and communicating with [my PCP],” Clarke says. “It was a weekend, and it turns out the first hospitalist was a substitute hospitalist, so then I got another hospitalist. The first one was subbing for the first hospitalist. I wasn’t exactly mad, but I thought, what is this?”

Clarke thought the first hospitalist was knowledgeable; she took comfort in that. “But the second one was extremely knowledgeable and explained the differences between Coumadin and heparin. He really knew his stuff. He talked to my cardiologist when she came in,” Clarke says. “The only thing that I was sorry about was that my primary didn’t seem to get the information very rapidly.”

Care coordination is a vital step in the discharge process, especially when patients think the flow of information between a hospital and a PCP is immediate and seamless. When Clarke was discharged and she returned home, she scheduled an appointment with her PCP. “When I first called, my [PCP] had not even heard I had been admitted,” Clarke says. But by the time she visited the PCP, “she knew everything. … I think it would have been good if sometime during that five-day hospitalization, she had been told—not afterward. Not that she would have come in, because that is not her policy, but just to know she knew.”

 

 

click for large version
Figure 2. Letter to the Editor.

HM’s Role: Extended Education

Many HM groups have designated policies for educating patients and assuaging their fears. Because some PCPs might feel left out of the loop when hospitalists care for their patients, these strategies go beyond patient education.

One of the first steps is to involve PCPs in meaningful ways in their patients’ hospital care. When a patient is particularly angered by his PCP’s absence, invite the PCP to visit, or call the PCP more often and let the patient know you’re doing so. As proposed by Bob Wachter, MD, professor and chief of the division of hospital medicine at the University of California at San Francisco, a former SHM president, and author of the blog “Wachter’s World,” and Steven Pantilat, MD, FHM, professor of clinical medicine in the division of hospital medicine at UCSF, and a former SHM president, “the PCP can endorse the hospitalist model and the individual hospitalist, notice subtle findings that differ from the patient’s baseline, and help clarify patient preferences regarding difficult situations by drawing on their previous relationship with the patient. This visit may also benefit the PCP by providing insights into the patient’s illness, personality, or social support that he or she was unaware of previously.”2,3

Cogent Healthcare uses an outreach program to calm patient fears and connect with PCPs. The Brentwood, Tenn.-based hospitalist company distributes patient education pamphlets to the PCPs with whom they work, and distributes a flier on admission to show patients the photographs and names of their HM team (see “Make Patient Education A Priority,” p. 29).

Hospitalist training in this arena helps prepare physicians for a potentially uncomfortable work environment. “We need to stress in residency training the specific issue of helping make the patient feel comfortable when their own doctor is not seeing them in the hospital,” Dr. Centor says. “Most young hospitalists right out of their residencies have not experienced primary-care practice, and, so far, we don’t know how to get around that.”

Hospitalist groups also should consider broad initiatives to bring hospitalists together with patient representatives and other volunteers who work with patients. If volunteers are ignored in the educational outreach process, it could exacerbate patients’ negative reactions. Teach volunteers what hospitalists are, their benefit to care delivery, and their value in upholding the mission of quality HM. TH

Andrea Sattinger is a freelance writer based in North Carolina.

References

  1. Centor RM. A hospitalist inpatient system does not improve patient care outcomes. Arch Intern Med. 2008;168(12):1257-1258.
  2. Lo B. Ethical and policy implications of hospitalist systems. Dis Mon. 2002;48(4):281-290.
  3. Wachter RM, Pantilat SZ. The “continuity visit” and the hospitalist model of care. Dis Mon. 2002;48(4): 267-272.

Image Source: PETRI ARTTURI ASIKAINEN / GETTY IMAGES

Strategies to Ease Patient Concerns

Peter Barnett, MD, MPH, an associate professor of internal medicine at the University of New Mexico Health Science Center in Albuquerque, has been working as a hospitalist for about 28 years. He also teaches and coaches, as a healthcare communication consultant, throughout the U.S. and Asia. Dr. Barnett suggests the following strategies for communicating with a patient who is upset about being assigned to an unknown physician:

Step 1: Understanding. Think about how you would feel if your patient or family member became angry. Do you feel defensive? Irritable? Sorry or apologetic? Are you sympathetic or impatient?

Step 2: Evaluate the patient’s need. Consider how you or one of your own family members might feel in a similar situation.

Step 3: Make a statement. You should consider your options before speaking; here are some examples:

  • “I don’t know why you are so upset. I am going to take care of you.”
  • “A lot of people are upset when they discover their family doctor isn't going to take care of them.”
  • “I can see that this new system is really difficult for you.”

Step 4: Ask for more information. Ask “What bothers you the most about this?” Follow with: “Let me see if I understand correctly ... ” Usually those initial interventions reduce the anger but do not necessarily eliminate it, which is to be expected.

Step 5: Reassuring conversation. Use basic language to calm patients’ fears.

  • “So you’re worried that I won’t have important information that your PCP has? Well, I do have that information and can explain how it works.”
  • “You might not know me, my credentials, and don’t fully understand the system. May I introduce myself and tell you about our hospitalist system?”
  • “What really worries you is that your PCP might not know what we do here during this hospitalization. Well, I will be communicating with your primary-care physician …”
  • “You just got your diabetes under control and now we might have to change the medicines yet again. Hmm. Let’s think about this and how to minimize the changes.”

By this time, you, the patient, and their family should be listening carefully to each other, and you should be making headway to ease their concerns.

But suppose the anger is blistering and persistent, and empathy and reflective listening do not work. Then:

  • Apologize. “I am really sorry this is so upsetting for you.”
  • Use a wish. “I wish your PCP could be here to help you, too.”
  • Set limits. Do so at the end of the discussion, and only if necessary (e.g., “I wish I had a better solution for you, but I don’t”).
  • Confront the emotion. “You know, I’d be upset, too, if I were in your spot, and I really wish that I could get your PCP for you, but I’m afraid that we really need to somehow move on and take care of you.”
  • Summarize. Relax, sit down, try to understand accurately, and take the time that is necessary to put your patient at ease. Build a relationship through dialogue.

—AS

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2009(09)
Publications
Sections

Susan Connelly of Fruitland Park, Fla., is a volunteer at her local community hospital who until recently had never heard of a hospitalist. One day, she entered a hospital room and, as she regularly did with patients she visited, asked if there was anything the man in the bed needed.

“I want to know where my doctor is,” the patient said.

“You mean your doctor hasn’t seen you?” Connelly asked.

“No,” he said. “I’m not even sure he knows I’m here.”

Somewhat incredulous, Connelly retrieved the hospital’s physician handbook and helped the patient look up his physician’s phone number. “I didn’t think too much about it,” she says. But the following week, when she appeared at the hospital to volunteer, a supervisor called her into the office. The supervisor asked Connelly about the incident and gently admonished her for encouraging the patient to call his primary-care physician (PCP), as “a hospitalist is working with him now.”

“A what? I had never even heard the term,” Connelly says. She asked her fellow volunteers, known as patient representatives at her hospital, if they had ever heard of a hospitalist. One had, but only because her husband had been admitted for a hospital stay. Concerned, Connelly wrote letters to the editors of two local newspapers. Both were published (see Figure 2, “Familiar Face Gone Missing,” p. 30).

We need to stress in residency training the specific issue of helping make the patient feel comfortable when their own doctor is not seeing them in the hospital.

—Robert Centor, MD, associate dean of medicine, University of Alabama at Birmingham

“If I am admitted to the hospital, my doctor will most likely ‘dump’ me on what is now called a ‘hospitalist,’ ” she wrote. “Information gathered [by the hospitalist] should be forwarded to your doctor; the key word is ‘should.’ Why develop this long-term relationship with a doctor, if when you really need him, he is not there for you and you are dealing with a stranger?”

Why indeed?

It might not happen with every new admission, but patient fears are a reality. The uncertainty of a hospital stay, a new physician, and new medications can take their toll on the human psyche. Patients are upset with their PCP, the hospital, the system; many times it’s the hospitalist who feels the brunt of their anger. Not only do hospitalists have to calm a patient worried about PCP disconnect, but they also have to reassure the patient that they will be attentive to their needs, provide a high quality of care during the hospital stay, and communicate with their PCP about diagnoses, medications, and follow-up care. Hospitalists should weave in some of the documented plusses a hospitalist brings to the table: shorter length of stays, greater patient access and availability, and improved quality of care.

Tips for Calming Upset Patients

  • Sit down. Find a stool or chair. This is an important step in the process.
  • Deal with the family. If they are there, communicate with them. Try to understand the family dynamic.
  • Call the PCP and subspecialists. Find out what they know about this patient and ask for suggestions. Make sure you and the PCP communicate well and promptly on admission and discharge.
  • Prepare for pitfalls. Expect uncomfortable patients to placate you; avoid you; minimize you; and appear angry, defensive, or impatient.

—AS

Although some patients might view hospitalists as “strangers,” HM physicians can learn methods to ease patient anxiety and answer tough questions from patients about the role they play in hospital care.

 

 

Restore Confidence

Simple conversations can help hospitalists defuse patient dissatisfaction. When a patient asks why their PCP won’t be seeing them in the hospital, it’s best to begin with a reassuring approach. For example, introduce yourself and say you have reviewed the case with their PCP. You can include key information from their medical history and recent hospitalizations, if appropriate.

Robert Centor, MD, a hospitalist and associate dean of medicine at the University of Alabama at Birmingham, suggests a few other key behaviors for initial patient visits. He finds a way to make appropriate physical contact by taking a pulse, checking the heart and lungs, or patting a shoulder to clearly embody the role of the physician in charge.

“And pull up a chair,” he says. “If there is no chair, bring in a chair. But sit down—always.”

Dr. Centor also recommends a transparent approach, “especially in hospital medicine,” he explains. “Be explicit about what you’re thinking, what you’re doing, and why you’re doing it.”1

Transparency can protect you as it informs and comforts patients and their families. For instance, “hospitalized patients are probably hearing from every relative they have and half the friends they have,” Dr. Centor says. “If one of those people is a physician, they may be second-guessing you. You can overcome their wariness by remembering that this is all about bedside manner and the explanations you give them, including discharge instructions.”

Dr. Centor says your bedside manner needs to fit your personality. When you talk to a patient, use language that matches your personality. You can adopt someone else’s introductory script; just make sure to modify it to fit your work environment (see “Strategies to Ease Patient Concerns,” p. 29).

PATIENT BROCHURE COURTESY OF COGENT HEALTHCAREclick for large version
Figure 1. Make Patient Education a Priority.

“What Is This?”

Earlier this year, CJ Clarke of Leesburg, Fla., underwent a colonoscopy screening at a local doctor’s office. She had been kept on warfarin (Coumadin) to prevent complications, but after she bled for four days from a puncture sustained during the procedure, she went to the ED. She was admitted, but it wasn’t until the following afternoon that she learned that hospitalists—not her PCP— would be taking care of her.

“This totally unknown guy came in and said he would be filling in for my doctor and communicating with [my PCP],” Clarke says. “It was a weekend, and it turns out the first hospitalist was a substitute hospitalist, so then I got another hospitalist. The first one was subbing for the first hospitalist. I wasn’t exactly mad, but I thought, what is this?”

Clarke thought the first hospitalist was knowledgeable; she took comfort in that. “But the second one was extremely knowledgeable and explained the differences between Coumadin and heparin. He really knew his stuff. He talked to my cardiologist when she came in,” Clarke says. “The only thing that I was sorry about was that my primary didn’t seem to get the information very rapidly.”

Care coordination is a vital step in the discharge process, especially when patients think the flow of information between a hospital and a PCP is immediate and seamless. When Clarke was discharged and she returned home, she scheduled an appointment with her PCP. “When I first called, my [PCP] had not even heard I had been admitted,” Clarke says. But by the time she visited the PCP, “she knew everything. … I think it would have been good if sometime during that five-day hospitalization, she had been told—not afterward. Not that she would have come in, because that is not her policy, but just to know she knew.”

 

 

click for large version
Figure 2. Letter to the Editor.

HM’s Role: Extended Education

Many HM groups have designated policies for educating patients and assuaging their fears. Because some PCPs might feel left out of the loop when hospitalists care for their patients, these strategies go beyond patient education.

One of the first steps is to involve PCPs in meaningful ways in their patients’ hospital care. When a patient is particularly angered by his PCP’s absence, invite the PCP to visit, or call the PCP more often and let the patient know you’re doing so. As proposed by Bob Wachter, MD, professor and chief of the division of hospital medicine at the University of California at San Francisco, a former SHM president, and author of the blog “Wachter’s World,” and Steven Pantilat, MD, FHM, professor of clinical medicine in the division of hospital medicine at UCSF, and a former SHM president, “the PCP can endorse the hospitalist model and the individual hospitalist, notice subtle findings that differ from the patient’s baseline, and help clarify patient preferences regarding difficult situations by drawing on their previous relationship with the patient. This visit may also benefit the PCP by providing insights into the patient’s illness, personality, or social support that he or she was unaware of previously.”2,3

Cogent Healthcare uses an outreach program to calm patient fears and connect with PCPs. The Brentwood, Tenn.-based hospitalist company distributes patient education pamphlets to the PCPs with whom they work, and distributes a flier on admission to show patients the photographs and names of their HM team (see “Make Patient Education A Priority,” p. 29).

Hospitalist training in this arena helps prepare physicians for a potentially uncomfortable work environment. “We need to stress in residency training the specific issue of helping make the patient feel comfortable when their own doctor is not seeing them in the hospital,” Dr. Centor says. “Most young hospitalists right out of their residencies have not experienced primary-care practice, and, so far, we don’t know how to get around that.”

Hospitalist groups also should consider broad initiatives to bring hospitalists together with patient representatives and other volunteers who work with patients. If volunteers are ignored in the educational outreach process, it could exacerbate patients’ negative reactions. Teach volunteers what hospitalists are, their benefit to care delivery, and their value in upholding the mission of quality HM. TH

Andrea Sattinger is a freelance writer based in North Carolina.

References

  1. Centor RM. A hospitalist inpatient system does not improve patient care outcomes. Arch Intern Med. 2008;168(12):1257-1258.
  2. Lo B. Ethical and policy implications of hospitalist systems. Dis Mon. 2002;48(4):281-290.
  3. Wachter RM, Pantilat SZ. The “continuity visit” and the hospitalist model of care. Dis Mon. 2002;48(4): 267-272.

Image Source: PETRI ARTTURI ASIKAINEN / GETTY IMAGES

Strategies to Ease Patient Concerns

Peter Barnett, MD, MPH, an associate professor of internal medicine at the University of New Mexico Health Science Center in Albuquerque, has been working as a hospitalist for about 28 years. He also teaches and coaches, as a healthcare communication consultant, throughout the U.S. and Asia. Dr. Barnett suggests the following strategies for communicating with a patient who is upset about being assigned to an unknown physician:

Step 1: Understanding. Think about how you would feel if your patient or family member became angry. Do you feel defensive? Irritable? Sorry or apologetic? Are you sympathetic or impatient?

Step 2: Evaluate the patient’s need. Consider how you or one of your own family members might feel in a similar situation.

Step 3: Make a statement. You should consider your options before speaking; here are some examples:

  • “I don’t know why you are so upset. I am going to take care of you.”
  • “A lot of people are upset when they discover their family doctor isn't going to take care of them.”
  • “I can see that this new system is really difficult for you.”

Step 4: Ask for more information. Ask “What bothers you the most about this?” Follow with: “Let me see if I understand correctly ... ” Usually those initial interventions reduce the anger but do not necessarily eliminate it, which is to be expected.

Step 5: Reassuring conversation. Use basic language to calm patients’ fears.

  • “So you’re worried that I won’t have important information that your PCP has? Well, I do have that information and can explain how it works.”
  • “You might not know me, my credentials, and don’t fully understand the system. May I introduce myself and tell you about our hospitalist system?”
  • “What really worries you is that your PCP might not know what we do here during this hospitalization. Well, I will be communicating with your primary-care physician …”
  • “You just got your diabetes under control and now we might have to change the medicines yet again. Hmm. Let’s think about this and how to minimize the changes.”

By this time, you, the patient, and their family should be listening carefully to each other, and you should be making headway to ease their concerns.

But suppose the anger is blistering and persistent, and empathy and reflective listening do not work. Then:

  • Apologize. “I am really sorry this is so upsetting for you.”
  • Use a wish. “I wish your PCP could be here to help you, too.”
  • Set limits. Do so at the end of the discussion, and only if necessary (e.g., “I wish I had a better solution for you, but I don’t”).
  • Confront the emotion. “You know, I’d be upset, too, if I were in your spot, and I really wish that I could get your PCP for you, but I’m afraid that we really need to somehow move on and take care of you.”
  • Summarize. Relax, sit down, try to understand accurately, and take the time that is necessary to put your patient at ease. Build a relationship through dialogue.

—AS

Susan Connelly of Fruitland Park, Fla., is a volunteer at her local community hospital who until recently had never heard of a hospitalist. One day, she entered a hospital room and, as she regularly did with patients she visited, asked if there was anything the man in the bed needed.

“I want to know where my doctor is,” the patient said.

“You mean your doctor hasn’t seen you?” Connelly asked.

“No,” he said. “I’m not even sure he knows I’m here.”

Somewhat incredulous, Connelly retrieved the hospital’s physician handbook and helped the patient look up his physician’s phone number. “I didn’t think too much about it,” she says. But the following week, when she appeared at the hospital to volunteer, a supervisor called her into the office. The supervisor asked Connelly about the incident and gently admonished her for encouraging the patient to call his primary-care physician (PCP), as “a hospitalist is working with him now.”

“A what? I had never even heard the term,” Connelly says. She asked her fellow volunteers, known as patient representatives at her hospital, if they had ever heard of a hospitalist. One had, but only because her husband had been admitted for a hospital stay. Concerned, Connelly wrote letters to the editors of two local newspapers. Both were published (see Figure 2, “Familiar Face Gone Missing,” p. 30).

We need to stress in residency training the specific issue of helping make the patient feel comfortable when their own doctor is not seeing them in the hospital.

—Robert Centor, MD, associate dean of medicine, University of Alabama at Birmingham

“If I am admitted to the hospital, my doctor will most likely ‘dump’ me on what is now called a ‘hospitalist,’ ” she wrote. “Information gathered [by the hospitalist] should be forwarded to your doctor; the key word is ‘should.’ Why develop this long-term relationship with a doctor, if when you really need him, he is not there for you and you are dealing with a stranger?”

Why indeed?

It might not happen with every new admission, but patient fears are a reality. The uncertainty of a hospital stay, a new physician, and new medications can take their toll on the human psyche. Patients are upset with their PCP, the hospital, the system; many times it’s the hospitalist who feels the brunt of their anger. Not only do hospitalists have to calm a patient worried about PCP disconnect, but they also have to reassure the patient that they will be attentive to their needs, provide a high quality of care during the hospital stay, and communicate with their PCP about diagnoses, medications, and follow-up care. Hospitalists should weave in some of the documented plusses a hospitalist brings to the table: shorter length of stays, greater patient access and availability, and improved quality of care.

Tips for Calming Upset Patients

  • Sit down. Find a stool or chair. This is an important step in the process.
  • Deal with the family. If they are there, communicate with them. Try to understand the family dynamic.
  • Call the PCP and subspecialists. Find out what they know about this patient and ask for suggestions. Make sure you and the PCP communicate well and promptly on admission and discharge.
  • Prepare for pitfalls. Expect uncomfortable patients to placate you; avoid you; minimize you; and appear angry, defensive, or impatient.

—AS

Although some patients might view hospitalists as “strangers,” HM physicians can learn methods to ease patient anxiety and answer tough questions from patients about the role they play in hospital care.

 

 

Restore Confidence

Simple conversations can help hospitalists defuse patient dissatisfaction. When a patient asks why their PCP won’t be seeing them in the hospital, it’s best to begin with a reassuring approach. For example, introduce yourself and say you have reviewed the case with their PCP. You can include key information from their medical history and recent hospitalizations, if appropriate.

Robert Centor, MD, a hospitalist and associate dean of medicine at the University of Alabama at Birmingham, suggests a few other key behaviors for initial patient visits. He finds a way to make appropriate physical contact by taking a pulse, checking the heart and lungs, or patting a shoulder to clearly embody the role of the physician in charge.

“And pull up a chair,” he says. “If there is no chair, bring in a chair. But sit down—always.”

Dr. Centor also recommends a transparent approach, “especially in hospital medicine,” he explains. “Be explicit about what you’re thinking, what you’re doing, and why you’re doing it.”1

Transparency can protect you as it informs and comforts patients and their families. For instance, “hospitalized patients are probably hearing from every relative they have and half the friends they have,” Dr. Centor says. “If one of those people is a physician, they may be second-guessing you. You can overcome their wariness by remembering that this is all about bedside manner and the explanations you give them, including discharge instructions.”

Dr. Centor says your bedside manner needs to fit your personality. When you talk to a patient, use language that matches your personality. You can adopt someone else’s introductory script; just make sure to modify it to fit your work environment (see “Strategies to Ease Patient Concerns,” p. 29).

PATIENT BROCHURE COURTESY OF COGENT HEALTHCAREclick for large version
Figure 1. Make Patient Education a Priority.

“What Is This?”

Earlier this year, CJ Clarke of Leesburg, Fla., underwent a colonoscopy screening at a local doctor’s office. She had been kept on warfarin (Coumadin) to prevent complications, but after she bled for four days from a puncture sustained during the procedure, she went to the ED. She was admitted, but it wasn’t until the following afternoon that she learned that hospitalists—not her PCP— would be taking care of her.

“This totally unknown guy came in and said he would be filling in for my doctor and communicating with [my PCP],” Clarke says. “It was a weekend, and it turns out the first hospitalist was a substitute hospitalist, so then I got another hospitalist. The first one was subbing for the first hospitalist. I wasn’t exactly mad, but I thought, what is this?”

Clarke thought the first hospitalist was knowledgeable; she took comfort in that. “But the second one was extremely knowledgeable and explained the differences between Coumadin and heparin. He really knew his stuff. He talked to my cardiologist when she came in,” Clarke says. “The only thing that I was sorry about was that my primary didn’t seem to get the information very rapidly.”

Care coordination is a vital step in the discharge process, especially when patients think the flow of information between a hospital and a PCP is immediate and seamless. When Clarke was discharged and she returned home, she scheduled an appointment with her PCP. “When I first called, my [PCP] had not even heard I had been admitted,” Clarke says. But by the time she visited the PCP, “she knew everything. … I think it would have been good if sometime during that five-day hospitalization, she had been told—not afterward. Not that she would have come in, because that is not her policy, but just to know she knew.”

 

 

click for large version
Figure 2. Letter to the Editor.

HM’s Role: Extended Education

Many HM groups have designated policies for educating patients and assuaging their fears. Because some PCPs might feel left out of the loop when hospitalists care for their patients, these strategies go beyond patient education.

One of the first steps is to involve PCPs in meaningful ways in their patients’ hospital care. When a patient is particularly angered by his PCP’s absence, invite the PCP to visit, or call the PCP more often and let the patient know you’re doing so. As proposed by Bob Wachter, MD, professor and chief of the division of hospital medicine at the University of California at San Francisco, a former SHM president, and author of the blog “Wachter’s World,” and Steven Pantilat, MD, FHM, professor of clinical medicine in the division of hospital medicine at UCSF, and a former SHM president, “the PCP can endorse the hospitalist model and the individual hospitalist, notice subtle findings that differ from the patient’s baseline, and help clarify patient preferences regarding difficult situations by drawing on their previous relationship with the patient. This visit may also benefit the PCP by providing insights into the patient’s illness, personality, or social support that he or she was unaware of previously.”2,3

Cogent Healthcare uses an outreach program to calm patient fears and connect with PCPs. The Brentwood, Tenn.-based hospitalist company distributes patient education pamphlets to the PCPs with whom they work, and distributes a flier on admission to show patients the photographs and names of their HM team (see “Make Patient Education A Priority,” p. 29).

Hospitalist training in this arena helps prepare physicians for a potentially uncomfortable work environment. “We need to stress in residency training the specific issue of helping make the patient feel comfortable when their own doctor is not seeing them in the hospital,” Dr. Centor says. “Most young hospitalists right out of their residencies have not experienced primary-care practice, and, so far, we don’t know how to get around that.”

Hospitalist groups also should consider broad initiatives to bring hospitalists together with patient representatives and other volunteers who work with patients. If volunteers are ignored in the educational outreach process, it could exacerbate patients’ negative reactions. Teach volunteers what hospitalists are, their benefit to care delivery, and their value in upholding the mission of quality HM. TH

Andrea Sattinger is a freelance writer based in North Carolina.

References

  1. Centor RM. A hospitalist inpatient system does not improve patient care outcomes. Arch Intern Med. 2008;168(12):1257-1258.
  2. Lo B. Ethical and policy implications of hospitalist systems. Dis Mon. 2002;48(4):281-290.
  3. Wachter RM, Pantilat SZ. The “continuity visit” and the hospitalist model of care. Dis Mon. 2002;48(4): 267-272.

Image Source: PETRI ARTTURI ASIKAINEN / GETTY IMAGES

Strategies to Ease Patient Concerns

Peter Barnett, MD, MPH, an associate professor of internal medicine at the University of New Mexico Health Science Center in Albuquerque, has been working as a hospitalist for about 28 years. He also teaches and coaches, as a healthcare communication consultant, throughout the U.S. and Asia. Dr. Barnett suggests the following strategies for communicating with a patient who is upset about being assigned to an unknown physician:

Step 1: Understanding. Think about how you would feel if your patient or family member became angry. Do you feel defensive? Irritable? Sorry or apologetic? Are you sympathetic or impatient?

Step 2: Evaluate the patient’s need. Consider how you or one of your own family members might feel in a similar situation.

Step 3: Make a statement. You should consider your options before speaking; here are some examples:

  • “I don’t know why you are so upset. I am going to take care of you.”
  • “A lot of people are upset when they discover their family doctor isn't going to take care of them.”
  • “I can see that this new system is really difficult for you.”

Step 4: Ask for more information. Ask “What bothers you the most about this?” Follow with: “Let me see if I understand correctly ... ” Usually those initial interventions reduce the anger but do not necessarily eliminate it, which is to be expected.

Step 5: Reassuring conversation. Use basic language to calm patients’ fears.

  • “So you’re worried that I won’t have important information that your PCP has? Well, I do have that information and can explain how it works.”
  • “You might not know me, my credentials, and don’t fully understand the system. May I introduce myself and tell you about our hospitalist system?”
  • “What really worries you is that your PCP might not know what we do here during this hospitalization. Well, I will be communicating with your primary-care physician …”
  • “You just got your diabetes under control and now we might have to change the medicines yet again. Hmm. Let’s think about this and how to minimize the changes.”

By this time, you, the patient, and their family should be listening carefully to each other, and you should be making headway to ease their concerns.

But suppose the anger is blistering and persistent, and empathy and reflective listening do not work. Then:

  • Apologize. “I am really sorry this is so upsetting for you.”
  • Use a wish. “I wish your PCP could be here to help you, too.”
  • Set limits. Do so at the end of the discussion, and only if necessary (e.g., “I wish I had a better solution for you, but I don’t”).
  • Confront the emotion. “You know, I’d be upset, too, if I were in your spot, and I really wish that I could get your PCP for you, but I’m afraid that we really need to somehow move on and take care of you.”
  • Summarize. Relax, sit down, try to understand accurately, and take the time that is necessary to put your patient at ease. Build a relationship through dialogue.

—AS

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2009(09)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2009(09)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Nice to Meet You
Display Headline
Nice to Meet You
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)

Digital Dilemma

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 09/14/2018 - 12:33
Display Headline
Digital Dilemma

This spring, before Sentara Norfolk General Hospital in Virginia went live with eCare, its electronic health record (EHR) system, hospitalist Ryan Van Gomple, MD, would admit patients using the same system physicians have used for decades: hastily scrawled patient history notes, paper orders, and phone dictation. But eCare’s introduction—and subsequent tweaking in the past few months—has brought a radical transition to the 543-bed tertiary-care facility. Dr. Van Gomple and other hospitalists at institutions on similar systems can enter and access a patient’s data using desktop computers, handheld devices like Blackberrys or iPhones—even their personal laptops at home.

“One of the advantages is we can go back … not only with notes from the hospital stay; a lot of people are doing outpatient notes in the system, so you can start to piece together a total picture of a person’s medical care,” says Dr. Van Gomple, a hospitalist with Sentara Medical Group. “That’s one of the big goals of [EHR]—to have a streamlined system. One of the challenges is, How do you connect with different systems? That’s a great question.”

Dr. Van Gomple might not have the answer, but thanks to ambitious goals laid out by President Obama, the topic is in the national spotlight and already has nearly $20 billion in stimulus money scheduled for release in July 2010. Digitizing healthcare records to create a more efficient care delivery system—through improved record keeping, shortened patient length of stay (LOS), and increased ED throughput—isn’t a new idea. Hospitals have struggled for more than a decade with the EHR question, debating whether they should—not to mention how they would—create a computerized system to input patient records into a database that is accessible in real time to hospitalists, nurses, primary-care physicians, insurers, and so on. There have been long-stalled discussions on how to settle privacy concerns that arise from electronic records (see “EHR Upgrade Faces Privacy, Communication Obstacles,” p. 27). Still, a multi-billion-dollar federal pledge has created a moment in time to take EHR beyond the discussion phase.

Connected or Really Connected?

The federal government will spend the coming years defining and perfecting what qualifies as “meaningful use” of certified EHR systems. One widely quoted measurement is the eight-stage ladder created by HIMSS Analytics, a subsidiary of the Healthcare Information and Management Systems Society (HIMSS). The eight stages—and the percentage of hospitals in each stage—as of a March 2009 survey of more than 5,000 hospitals:

Source: HIMSS Analyticsclick for large version
Source: HIMSS Analyticsclick for large version

The Office of the National Coordinator of Health Information Technology (ONCHIT) is empowered to shepherd this process. David Blumenthal, MD, MPP, the director of the Institute for Health Policy, a joint effort of Massachusetts General Hospital and Partners Healthcare System, has been named as ONCHIT’s head. Money to entice hospitals to invest in EHR is part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. And with Congress hammering out the details of healthcare reform legislation, a sharper focus has been placed on the potential efficiencies EHR can offer.

Money and attention aren’t the only keys to this puzzle, however. IT advocates, medical information officers, and HM group leaders say the government spotlight is a wonderful springboard, but they also say physician involvement in implementing the EHR technology is a must and will spur more hospitals to adopt the systems. Less than 8% of U.S. hospitals have EHR in at least one unit, the New England Journal of Medicine reported earlier this year.1 Just 1.5% of hospitals have a comprehensive system in all of their units.

“There are so many barriers getting to where our country really needs to get,” says Dirk Stanley, MD, MPH, a hospitalist and chief medical informatics officer at Cooley Dickinson Hospital in Northampton, Mass. “One of the big issues is the meaningful use, and how do you actually set criteria for your using electronic health records the right way? If you look at the big picture, you’re talking about so many clinical practices. … How do you write criteria that are meaningful to all those different settings? The government has an enormous challenge.”

 

 

Efficiency: HM Cornerstone

David Yu, MD, FHM, works at a hospital with paperless capability and sees on a daily basis how streamlined health records have a practical effect on a hospitalist’s workload and efficiency. Dr. Yu, medical director of hospitalist services at 372-bed Decatur Memorial Hospital in Decatur, Ill., and clinical assistant professor of family and community medicine at Southern Illinois University School of Medicine in Carbondale, is one of EHR’s most passionate advocates.

Decatur Memorial uses GE Healthcare’s Centricity system, which allows hospitalists to “download automatically into our physical history with the click of a button,” says Dr. Yu, a member of Team Hospitalist. “As you’re downloading, you’re accessing the information. It’s literally the same as you driving to the patient’s primary-care physician’s office, pulling the chart, and looking at it.”

Dr. Yu and those who support EHR say it streamlines intakes, discharges, and handoffs, which in turn reduce throughput and length of stay—statistics often cited to prove HM’s value to the hospital administration. The rush for implementation takes on added urgency considering that less than half of 0.5% of hospitals are fully paperless, meaning they have interdepartmental systems that can communicate with each other, according to HIMMS Analytics.

Obama and other healthcare reform advocates envision a day not far in the future when all of America’s hospitals will be connected through a national health records system. Databases in hospitals and physician offices and other healthcare providers will communicate with each other. It will make such health records as X-rays and lab test results a portable commodity, which, in theory, will provide faster and more accurate information for both patients and their providers.

One of the economic stimulus plan’s most important features is its “clarity of purpose,” Dr. Blumenthal wrote in the New England Journal of Medicine earlier this year. “Congress apparently sees [health IT]—computers, software, Internet connection, telemedicine—not as an end in itself, but as a means of improving the quality of healthcare, the health of populations, and the efficiency of healthcare systems.”2

Don’t Get Left Behind

It’s often said that hospitalists are on the front line of the hospital. So when it comes to designing and implementing EHR systems, HM leaders are in a unique position to influence how these systems take root at their institutions. Here are a few tips from industry representatives:

  • Attend meetings. Bureaucratic sessions might seem technical and mundane, but they afford attendees a chance to network with the hospital leaders and IT staff who will be the main players in choosing, buying, and installing the new system. “The conversion is 80% politics and management, and 20% IT,” says Dr. Stanley, chief medical informatics officer at Cooley Dickinson in Northampton, Mass.
  • Speak up. Hospitalists must voice their concerns; you can be sure the other specialists will speak up with theirs. If you fail to speak when given the chance, administrators likely will tune out after-the-fact complaints.
  • Participate in design forums, testing, and feedback sessions. Often hospitalists say they don’t have enough time to carve out for these interactive opportunities. “But HM group leaders should look at this as their investment in the future of their practice,” says Ehab Hanna, MD, MBBch, FHM, assistant chief medical information officer at Eastern Maine Medical Center in Bangor.
  • Plan ahead. EHR implementation will come with a steep learning curve. Consider staffing a service to reduce patient encounters ahead of time, to allow physicians a chance to learn the systems with less stress and time pressure. “If you have busy hospitalists seeing 15 to 18 patients every day, and you throw in this new CPOE, it’s not going to work,” says Dr. Yu of Decatur Memorial Hospital.—RQ

 

 

Proactive Approach

Obama has pushed EHR implementation as one of many solutions to the skyrocketing costs of healthcare, saying earlier this year that he is committed to “the immediate investments necessary to ensure that within five years, all of America’s medical records are computerized.” Even so, the EHR upgrade remains only a grand outline, one missing the details that will determine the future. There is time, of course. The first funding through the stimulus bill won’t be available until next summer.

Dr. Blumenthal’s office is crafting an interoperability plan in combination with a pair of still-forming advisory boards: a health information policy committee and a health standards committee. The stimulus bill also promises increased federal reimbursement payments for hospitals with meaningful use of certified EHR. First, the government has to define what is meaningful and, as Dr. Stanley points out, the definition will have different meanings to different sectors of the $2.2 trillion-per-year healthcare industry.

Once those definitions are set, there is a timetable for additional reimbursement and a one-time bonus of $2 million for institutions that implement “meaningful use.” There also will be escalating Medicare penalties for institutions that fail to show the kind of technological progress federal officials are looking for.

But even if those standards are set, it doesn’t guarantee hospitals will buy the technology that vendors are selling. Many in the HM field argue that the next step is the most important one.

“Physician adoption of electronic health records is the central, critical issue this industry is facing over the next few years,” says Todd Johnson, president of Salar Inc., a Baltimore-based firm that develops software applications for clinical documentation. “There are a lot of really bright people working on criteria that make electronic health records good tools. However, there doesn’t seem to be an organized body focused on the EHR adoption issues. Anybody can buy all these tools, but if you ultimately can’t get the right people to use them at the right time, the investment doesn’t yield much, right?”

Johnson, who thinks the federal focus on EHR technology is a main driver behind his firm’s 25% sales growth spurt in the first six months of 2009, says physicians have to be a driving force in the EMR implementation process or the system will fail. Take the industry’s classic cautionary tale: Cedars-Sinai Medical Center in Los Angeles. The oft-innovative institution made national headlines in 2002 when it scrapped a three-month-old, $34 million computerized physician order entry (CPOE) system after more than 400 doctors demanded it be shelved.

“The right thing to do is really steer the discussion to physician adoption,” Johnson says. “Make sure that physicians have a choice. Every hospital—and rightly so—wants to see the benefit of their investment in electronic medical records. If physicians don’t have a voice in what will or won’t work, purchasing decisions will be made without them. And that’s not a great thing. Hospital leadership needs to be cognizant of that.”

Dr. Stanley thinks hospitalists should take a proactive approach to EHR implementation at their hospitals. Many potential issues could be solved if hospitalists take an active role earlier in the process.

“As tedious as those early meetings are,” Dr. Stanley says, “that’s where the big planning and decisions get made. The problem is most people think of it as tedious and boring because they don’t appreciate the technology.”

By the Numbers

Highlights of President Obama’s push to goad more hospitals toward comprehensive EHR systems, as summed up in an outline in the May issue of Archives of Internal Medicine by David Liebovitz, MD, chief medical information officer, Northwestern Medical Faculty Foundation, and medical director of clinical information systems, Northwestern Memorial Hospital in Chicago:3

Office of the National Coordinator of Health Information Technology

  • Expanded by statute, awaiting input from two committees that are still forming (Health Information Policy and Healthy Information Standards);
  • $2 billion for supporting development of EHR through grants and loans to states, students, and hospitals. Workforce training money set aside and grants available for regional technology centers to help with EMR installation.

$17 billion for doctors and hospitals to adopt and use EHR

  • From 2011-2016, physicians are eligible for up to $44,000 in extra Medicare and Medicaid payments for “meaningful use” of certified EHR.
  • From 2011-2016, $2 million bonus payment to hospitals if meaningful-use standard met by 2011.
  • DRG add-ons phase out after four years.

Penalties for lack of meaningful use

  • Starting in 2015, physicians will receive a 1% reduction in their Medicare reimbursement. In 2016, the reduction will increase to 2%, and in 2017, the reduction will be 3%.
  • Also starting in 2015, hospitals will incur reductions to annual DRG updates.

 

 

What’s Ahead

Technology integration is the next step. A handful of companies offer complete EHR platforms, including industry leaders Epic, Meditech, Cerner Corp., GE Healthcare, and McKesson Corp. Specialty firms, such as Johnson’s Salar, offer ancillary and support software and hardware.

Kendall Rogers, MD, assistant professor at the University of New Mexico School of Medicine and chair of SHM’s IT Task Force, says the stimulus funding dedicated to technology will be better served if it focuses on incentives beyond hospitals. Dr. Rogers and others want to see guidelines to create incentives for IT vendors to offer user-friendly systems designed to further medical efficiency goals.

“If this needed technology was developed and proven, the needs for carrots and sticks for adoption would be far less,” Dr. Rogers and several of his peers wrote in an unpublished letter to the NEJM. “Rather than focusing primarily on adoption of systems that have serious limitations … a bill that requires improvements in existing technologies would have much more impact in improving the quality of healthcare.”

Even before that happens, full-scale implementation of these systems will be a costly project that requires a long-term relationship with a vendor. Dr. Van Gomple’s hospital system, Sentara Healthcare, has budgeted $235 million over 10 years for its EHR implementation, according to Bert Reese, senior vice president and chief information officer. His accountants tell him to expect roughly $50 million to be subsidized by the stimulus package. The money is helpful, but not enough for a hospital or system that still needs to find another $185 million.

“The stimulus is nice to get things going,” Reese says. “But if you as an organization think that will cover the cost, you’ll never get going.”

Reese says Sentara’s return on investment at full implementation—roughly five years from now—will be about $35 million per year in savings. He suggests organizations view the investment through a long-term profit goal in order to show the value over an extended timeframe. Otherwise, some C-suites will be scared off by the initial outlay, failing to see the value of efficiency, cost savings, and improved patient care.

“It’s not an IT project,” Reese says. “It’s a clinical project.” TH

Richard Quinn is a freelance writer based in New Jersey.

References

  1. Hamel MB, Drazen JM, Epstein AM. The growth of hospitalists and the changing face of primary care. N Engl J Med. 2009;360(11):1141-1143.
  2. Blumenthal D. Stimulating the adoption of health information technology. N Engl J Med. 2009;360(15):1477-1479.
  3. Liebovitz, D. Health care information technology: a cloud around the silver lining? Arch Intern Med. 2009;169(10):924-926.

Image Source: ILLUSTRATION / ALICIA BUELOW

EHR Upgrade Faces Privacy, Communication Obstacles

Not surprisingly, money is often the hurdle mentioned first by hospitalists and hospital administrators when the topic turns to electronic health record (EHR) implementation. But as President Obama presses his vision of a more technologically efficient U.S. healthcare system, obstacles abound: security concerns, privacy guarantees spelled out in the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, and interoperability issues when disparate systems from different vendors attempt to interact.

“Security and privacy are critical issues,” says Todd Johnson, president of Salar Inc. “[They] sit at the center of the debate on how you structure the entire national health record infrastructure.”

Johnson says vendors will ensure the integrity of information by falling in line with the Office of the National Coordinator of Health Information Technology (ONCHIT), which is tasked with creating standardized safety rules to allow broad, secure EHR access. David Blumenthal, MD, MPP, director of ONCHIT, says new rules extend privacy regulations to “health information vendors not previously covered by the law, including businesses such as Google and Microsoft, when they partner with healthcare providers to create personal health records for patients. It requires healthcare organizations to promptly notify patients when personal health data have been compromised, and it limits the commercial use of such information.”2

Most hospitalists and technology administrators agree that the interoperability problems—one hospital EHR system’s ability to communicate with all other EHR systems—could stymie EHR growth. Most industry leaders argue the hurdles are surmountable.

“We use the same security standards as banks, though it is a lot more profitable to steal money than to steal medical records,” says Ehab Hanna, MD, MBBch, FHM, assistant chief medical information officer at Eastern Maine Medical Center in Bangor. “[EHR] are more secure than the paper records, because there was never an effective way to prevent or monitor any unauthorized access or copying of the paper record. We can do that in the electronic world.”—RQ

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2009(09)
Publications
Sections

This spring, before Sentara Norfolk General Hospital in Virginia went live with eCare, its electronic health record (EHR) system, hospitalist Ryan Van Gomple, MD, would admit patients using the same system physicians have used for decades: hastily scrawled patient history notes, paper orders, and phone dictation. But eCare’s introduction—and subsequent tweaking in the past few months—has brought a radical transition to the 543-bed tertiary-care facility. Dr. Van Gomple and other hospitalists at institutions on similar systems can enter and access a patient’s data using desktop computers, handheld devices like Blackberrys or iPhones—even their personal laptops at home.

“One of the advantages is we can go back … not only with notes from the hospital stay; a lot of people are doing outpatient notes in the system, so you can start to piece together a total picture of a person’s medical care,” says Dr. Van Gomple, a hospitalist with Sentara Medical Group. “That’s one of the big goals of [EHR]—to have a streamlined system. One of the challenges is, How do you connect with different systems? That’s a great question.”

Dr. Van Gomple might not have the answer, but thanks to ambitious goals laid out by President Obama, the topic is in the national spotlight and already has nearly $20 billion in stimulus money scheduled for release in July 2010. Digitizing healthcare records to create a more efficient care delivery system—through improved record keeping, shortened patient length of stay (LOS), and increased ED throughput—isn’t a new idea. Hospitals have struggled for more than a decade with the EHR question, debating whether they should—not to mention how they would—create a computerized system to input patient records into a database that is accessible in real time to hospitalists, nurses, primary-care physicians, insurers, and so on. There have been long-stalled discussions on how to settle privacy concerns that arise from electronic records (see “EHR Upgrade Faces Privacy, Communication Obstacles,” p. 27). Still, a multi-billion-dollar federal pledge has created a moment in time to take EHR beyond the discussion phase.

Connected or Really Connected?

The federal government will spend the coming years defining and perfecting what qualifies as “meaningful use” of certified EHR systems. One widely quoted measurement is the eight-stage ladder created by HIMSS Analytics, a subsidiary of the Healthcare Information and Management Systems Society (HIMSS). The eight stages—and the percentage of hospitals in each stage—as of a March 2009 survey of more than 5,000 hospitals:

Source: HIMSS Analyticsclick for large version
Source: HIMSS Analyticsclick for large version

The Office of the National Coordinator of Health Information Technology (ONCHIT) is empowered to shepherd this process. David Blumenthal, MD, MPP, the director of the Institute for Health Policy, a joint effort of Massachusetts General Hospital and Partners Healthcare System, has been named as ONCHIT’s head. Money to entice hospitals to invest in EHR is part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. And with Congress hammering out the details of healthcare reform legislation, a sharper focus has been placed on the potential efficiencies EHR can offer.

Money and attention aren’t the only keys to this puzzle, however. IT advocates, medical information officers, and HM group leaders say the government spotlight is a wonderful springboard, but they also say physician involvement in implementing the EHR technology is a must and will spur more hospitals to adopt the systems. Less than 8% of U.S. hospitals have EHR in at least one unit, the New England Journal of Medicine reported earlier this year.1 Just 1.5% of hospitals have a comprehensive system in all of their units.

“There are so many barriers getting to where our country really needs to get,” says Dirk Stanley, MD, MPH, a hospitalist and chief medical informatics officer at Cooley Dickinson Hospital in Northampton, Mass. “One of the big issues is the meaningful use, and how do you actually set criteria for your using electronic health records the right way? If you look at the big picture, you’re talking about so many clinical practices. … How do you write criteria that are meaningful to all those different settings? The government has an enormous challenge.”

 

 

Efficiency: HM Cornerstone

David Yu, MD, FHM, works at a hospital with paperless capability and sees on a daily basis how streamlined health records have a practical effect on a hospitalist’s workload and efficiency. Dr. Yu, medical director of hospitalist services at 372-bed Decatur Memorial Hospital in Decatur, Ill., and clinical assistant professor of family and community medicine at Southern Illinois University School of Medicine in Carbondale, is one of EHR’s most passionate advocates.

Decatur Memorial uses GE Healthcare’s Centricity system, which allows hospitalists to “download automatically into our physical history with the click of a button,” says Dr. Yu, a member of Team Hospitalist. “As you’re downloading, you’re accessing the information. It’s literally the same as you driving to the patient’s primary-care physician’s office, pulling the chart, and looking at it.”

Dr. Yu and those who support EHR say it streamlines intakes, discharges, and handoffs, which in turn reduce throughput and length of stay—statistics often cited to prove HM’s value to the hospital administration. The rush for implementation takes on added urgency considering that less than half of 0.5% of hospitals are fully paperless, meaning they have interdepartmental systems that can communicate with each other, according to HIMMS Analytics.

Obama and other healthcare reform advocates envision a day not far in the future when all of America’s hospitals will be connected through a national health records system. Databases in hospitals and physician offices and other healthcare providers will communicate with each other. It will make such health records as X-rays and lab test results a portable commodity, which, in theory, will provide faster and more accurate information for both patients and their providers.

One of the economic stimulus plan’s most important features is its “clarity of purpose,” Dr. Blumenthal wrote in the New England Journal of Medicine earlier this year. “Congress apparently sees [health IT]—computers, software, Internet connection, telemedicine—not as an end in itself, but as a means of improving the quality of healthcare, the health of populations, and the efficiency of healthcare systems.”2

Don’t Get Left Behind

It’s often said that hospitalists are on the front line of the hospital. So when it comes to designing and implementing EHR systems, HM leaders are in a unique position to influence how these systems take root at their institutions. Here are a few tips from industry representatives:

  • Attend meetings. Bureaucratic sessions might seem technical and mundane, but they afford attendees a chance to network with the hospital leaders and IT staff who will be the main players in choosing, buying, and installing the new system. “The conversion is 80% politics and management, and 20% IT,” says Dr. Stanley, chief medical informatics officer at Cooley Dickinson in Northampton, Mass.
  • Speak up. Hospitalists must voice their concerns; you can be sure the other specialists will speak up with theirs. If you fail to speak when given the chance, administrators likely will tune out after-the-fact complaints.
  • Participate in design forums, testing, and feedback sessions. Often hospitalists say they don’t have enough time to carve out for these interactive opportunities. “But HM group leaders should look at this as their investment in the future of their practice,” says Ehab Hanna, MD, MBBch, FHM, assistant chief medical information officer at Eastern Maine Medical Center in Bangor.
  • Plan ahead. EHR implementation will come with a steep learning curve. Consider staffing a service to reduce patient encounters ahead of time, to allow physicians a chance to learn the systems with less stress and time pressure. “If you have busy hospitalists seeing 15 to 18 patients every day, and you throw in this new CPOE, it’s not going to work,” says Dr. Yu of Decatur Memorial Hospital.—RQ

 

 

Proactive Approach

Obama has pushed EHR implementation as one of many solutions to the skyrocketing costs of healthcare, saying earlier this year that he is committed to “the immediate investments necessary to ensure that within five years, all of America’s medical records are computerized.” Even so, the EHR upgrade remains only a grand outline, one missing the details that will determine the future. There is time, of course. The first funding through the stimulus bill won’t be available until next summer.

Dr. Blumenthal’s office is crafting an interoperability plan in combination with a pair of still-forming advisory boards: a health information policy committee and a health standards committee. The stimulus bill also promises increased federal reimbursement payments for hospitals with meaningful use of certified EHR. First, the government has to define what is meaningful and, as Dr. Stanley points out, the definition will have different meanings to different sectors of the $2.2 trillion-per-year healthcare industry.

Once those definitions are set, there is a timetable for additional reimbursement and a one-time bonus of $2 million for institutions that implement “meaningful use.” There also will be escalating Medicare penalties for institutions that fail to show the kind of technological progress federal officials are looking for.

But even if those standards are set, it doesn’t guarantee hospitals will buy the technology that vendors are selling. Many in the HM field argue that the next step is the most important one.

“Physician adoption of electronic health records is the central, critical issue this industry is facing over the next few years,” says Todd Johnson, president of Salar Inc., a Baltimore-based firm that develops software applications for clinical documentation. “There are a lot of really bright people working on criteria that make electronic health records good tools. However, there doesn’t seem to be an organized body focused on the EHR adoption issues. Anybody can buy all these tools, but if you ultimately can’t get the right people to use them at the right time, the investment doesn’t yield much, right?”

Johnson, who thinks the federal focus on EHR technology is a main driver behind his firm’s 25% sales growth spurt in the first six months of 2009, says physicians have to be a driving force in the EMR implementation process or the system will fail. Take the industry’s classic cautionary tale: Cedars-Sinai Medical Center in Los Angeles. The oft-innovative institution made national headlines in 2002 when it scrapped a three-month-old, $34 million computerized physician order entry (CPOE) system after more than 400 doctors demanded it be shelved.

“The right thing to do is really steer the discussion to physician adoption,” Johnson says. “Make sure that physicians have a choice. Every hospital—and rightly so—wants to see the benefit of their investment in electronic medical records. If physicians don’t have a voice in what will or won’t work, purchasing decisions will be made without them. And that’s not a great thing. Hospital leadership needs to be cognizant of that.”

Dr. Stanley thinks hospitalists should take a proactive approach to EHR implementation at their hospitals. Many potential issues could be solved if hospitalists take an active role earlier in the process.

“As tedious as those early meetings are,” Dr. Stanley says, “that’s where the big planning and decisions get made. The problem is most people think of it as tedious and boring because they don’t appreciate the technology.”

By the Numbers

Highlights of President Obama’s push to goad more hospitals toward comprehensive EHR systems, as summed up in an outline in the May issue of Archives of Internal Medicine by David Liebovitz, MD, chief medical information officer, Northwestern Medical Faculty Foundation, and medical director of clinical information systems, Northwestern Memorial Hospital in Chicago:3

Office of the National Coordinator of Health Information Technology

  • Expanded by statute, awaiting input from two committees that are still forming (Health Information Policy and Healthy Information Standards);
  • $2 billion for supporting development of EHR through grants and loans to states, students, and hospitals. Workforce training money set aside and grants available for regional technology centers to help with EMR installation.

$17 billion for doctors and hospitals to adopt and use EHR

  • From 2011-2016, physicians are eligible for up to $44,000 in extra Medicare and Medicaid payments for “meaningful use” of certified EHR.
  • From 2011-2016, $2 million bonus payment to hospitals if meaningful-use standard met by 2011.
  • DRG add-ons phase out after four years.

Penalties for lack of meaningful use

  • Starting in 2015, physicians will receive a 1% reduction in their Medicare reimbursement. In 2016, the reduction will increase to 2%, and in 2017, the reduction will be 3%.
  • Also starting in 2015, hospitals will incur reductions to annual DRG updates.

 

 

What’s Ahead

Technology integration is the next step. A handful of companies offer complete EHR platforms, including industry leaders Epic, Meditech, Cerner Corp., GE Healthcare, and McKesson Corp. Specialty firms, such as Johnson’s Salar, offer ancillary and support software and hardware.

Kendall Rogers, MD, assistant professor at the University of New Mexico School of Medicine and chair of SHM’s IT Task Force, says the stimulus funding dedicated to technology will be better served if it focuses on incentives beyond hospitals. Dr. Rogers and others want to see guidelines to create incentives for IT vendors to offer user-friendly systems designed to further medical efficiency goals.

“If this needed technology was developed and proven, the needs for carrots and sticks for adoption would be far less,” Dr. Rogers and several of his peers wrote in an unpublished letter to the NEJM. “Rather than focusing primarily on adoption of systems that have serious limitations … a bill that requires improvements in existing technologies would have much more impact in improving the quality of healthcare.”

Even before that happens, full-scale implementation of these systems will be a costly project that requires a long-term relationship with a vendor. Dr. Van Gomple’s hospital system, Sentara Healthcare, has budgeted $235 million over 10 years for its EHR implementation, according to Bert Reese, senior vice president and chief information officer. His accountants tell him to expect roughly $50 million to be subsidized by the stimulus package. The money is helpful, but not enough for a hospital or system that still needs to find another $185 million.

“The stimulus is nice to get things going,” Reese says. “But if you as an organization think that will cover the cost, you’ll never get going.”

Reese says Sentara’s return on investment at full implementation—roughly five years from now—will be about $35 million per year in savings. He suggests organizations view the investment through a long-term profit goal in order to show the value over an extended timeframe. Otherwise, some C-suites will be scared off by the initial outlay, failing to see the value of efficiency, cost savings, and improved patient care.

“It’s not an IT project,” Reese says. “It’s a clinical project.” TH

Richard Quinn is a freelance writer based in New Jersey.

References

  1. Hamel MB, Drazen JM, Epstein AM. The growth of hospitalists and the changing face of primary care. N Engl J Med. 2009;360(11):1141-1143.
  2. Blumenthal D. Stimulating the adoption of health information technology. N Engl J Med. 2009;360(15):1477-1479.
  3. Liebovitz, D. Health care information technology: a cloud around the silver lining? Arch Intern Med. 2009;169(10):924-926.

Image Source: ILLUSTRATION / ALICIA BUELOW

EHR Upgrade Faces Privacy, Communication Obstacles

Not surprisingly, money is often the hurdle mentioned first by hospitalists and hospital administrators when the topic turns to electronic health record (EHR) implementation. But as President Obama presses his vision of a more technologically efficient U.S. healthcare system, obstacles abound: security concerns, privacy guarantees spelled out in the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, and interoperability issues when disparate systems from different vendors attempt to interact.

“Security and privacy are critical issues,” says Todd Johnson, president of Salar Inc. “[They] sit at the center of the debate on how you structure the entire national health record infrastructure.”

Johnson says vendors will ensure the integrity of information by falling in line with the Office of the National Coordinator of Health Information Technology (ONCHIT), which is tasked with creating standardized safety rules to allow broad, secure EHR access. David Blumenthal, MD, MPP, director of ONCHIT, says new rules extend privacy regulations to “health information vendors not previously covered by the law, including businesses such as Google and Microsoft, when they partner with healthcare providers to create personal health records for patients. It requires healthcare organizations to promptly notify patients when personal health data have been compromised, and it limits the commercial use of such information.”2

Most hospitalists and technology administrators agree that the interoperability problems—one hospital EHR system’s ability to communicate with all other EHR systems—could stymie EHR growth. Most industry leaders argue the hurdles are surmountable.

“We use the same security standards as banks, though it is a lot more profitable to steal money than to steal medical records,” says Ehab Hanna, MD, MBBch, FHM, assistant chief medical information officer at Eastern Maine Medical Center in Bangor. “[EHR] are more secure than the paper records, because there was never an effective way to prevent or monitor any unauthorized access or copying of the paper record. We can do that in the electronic world.”—RQ

This spring, before Sentara Norfolk General Hospital in Virginia went live with eCare, its electronic health record (EHR) system, hospitalist Ryan Van Gomple, MD, would admit patients using the same system physicians have used for decades: hastily scrawled patient history notes, paper orders, and phone dictation. But eCare’s introduction—and subsequent tweaking in the past few months—has brought a radical transition to the 543-bed tertiary-care facility. Dr. Van Gomple and other hospitalists at institutions on similar systems can enter and access a patient’s data using desktop computers, handheld devices like Blackberrys or iPhones—even their personal laptops at home.

“One of the advantages is we can go back … not only with notes from the hospital stay; a lot of people are doing outpatient notes in the system, so you can start to piece together a total picture of a person’s medical care,” says Dr. Van Gomple, a hospitalist with Sentara Medical Group. “That’s one of the big goals of [EHR]—to have a streamlined system. One of the challenges is, How do you connect with different systems? That’s a great question.”

Dr. Van Gomple might not have the answer, but thanks to ambitious goals laid out by President Obama, the topic is in the national spotlight and already has nearly $20 billion in stimulus money scheduled for release in July 2010. Digitizing healthcare records to create a more efficient care delivery system—through improved record keeping, shortened patient length of stay (LOS), and increased ED throughput—isn’t a new idea. Hospitals have struggled for more than a decade with the EHR question, debating whether they should—not to mention how they would—create a computerized system to input patient records into a database that is accessible in real time to hospitalists, nurses, primary-care physicians, insurers, and so on. There have been long-stalled discussions on how to settle privacy concerns that arise from electronic records (see “EHR Upgrade Faces Privacy, Communication Obstacles,” p. 27). Still, a multi-billion-dollar federal pledge has created a moment in time to take EHR beyond the discussion phase.

Connected or Really Connected?

The federal government will spend the coming years defining and perfecting what qualifies as “meaningful use” of certified EHR systems. One widely quoted measurement is the eight-stage ladder created by HIMSS Analytics, a subsidiary of the Healthcare Information and Management Systems Society (HIMSS). The eight stages—and the percentage of hospitals in each stage—as of a March 2009 survey of more than 5,000 hospitals:

Source: HIMSS Analyticsclick for large version
Source: HIMSS Analyticsclick for large version

The Office of the National Coordinator of Health Information Technology (ONCHIT) is empowered to shepherd this process. David Blumenthal, MD, MPP, the director of the Institute for Health Policy, a joint effort of Massachusetts General Hospital and Partners Healthcare System, has been named as ONCHIT’s head. Money to entice hospitals to invest in EHR is part of the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. And with Congress hammering out the details of healthcare reform legislation, a sharper focus has been placed on the potential efficiencies EHR can offer.

Money and attention aren’t the only keys to this puzzle, however. IT advocates, medical information officers, and HM group leaders say the government spotlight is a wonderful springboard, but they also say physician involvement in implementing the EHR technology is a must and will spur more hospitals to adopt the systems. Less than 8% of U.S. hospitals have EHR in at least one unit, the New England Journal of Medicine reported earlier this year.1 Just 1.5% of hospitals have a comprehensive system in all of their units.

“There are so many barriers getting to where our country really needs to get,” says Dirk Stanley, MD, MPH, a hospitalist and chief medical informatics officer at Cooley Dickinson Hospital in Northampton, Mass. “One of the big issues is the meaningful use, and how do you actually set criteria for your using electronic health records the right way? If you look at the big picture, you’re talking about so many clinical practices. … How do you write criteria that are meaningful to all those different settings? The government has an enormous challenge.”

 

 

Efficiency: HM Cornerstone

David Yu, MD, FHM, works at a hospital with paperless capability and sees on a daily basis how streamlined health records have a practical effect on a hospitalist’s workload and efficiency. Dr. Yu, medical director of hospitalist services at 372-bed Decatur Memorial Hospital in Decatur, Ill., and clinical assistant professor of family and community medicine at Southern Illinois University School of Medicine in Carbondale, is one of EHR’s most passionate advocates.

Decatur Memorial uses GE Healthcare’s Centricity system, which allows hospitalists to “download automatically into our physical history with the click of a button,” says Dr. Yu, a member of Team Hospitalist. “As you’re downloading, you’re accessing the information. It’s literally the same as you driving to the patient’s primary-care physician’s office, pulling the chart, and looking at it.”

Dr. Yu and those who support EHR say it streamlines intakes, discharges, and handoffs, which in turn reduce throughput and length of stay—statistics often cited to prove HM’s value to the hospital administration. The rush for implementation takes on added urgency considering that less than half of 0.5% of hospitals are fully paperless, meaning they have interdepartmental systems that can communicate with each other, according to HIMMS Analytics.

Obama and other healthcare reform advocates envision a day not far in the future when all of America’s hospitals will be connected through a national health records system. Databases in hospitals and physician offices and other healthcare providers will communicate with each other. It will make such health records as X-rays and lab test results a portable commodity, which, in theory, will provide faster and more accurate information for both patients and their providers.

One of the economic stimulus plan’s most important features is its “clarity of purpose,” Dr. Blumenthal wrote in the New England Journal of Medicine earlier this year. “Congress apparently sees [health IT]—computers, software, Internet connection, telemedicine—not as an end in itself, but as a means of improving the quality of healthcare, the health of populations, and the efficiency of healthcare systems.”2

Don’t Get Left Behind

It’s often said that hospitalists are on the front line of the hospital. So when it comes to designing and implementing EHR systems, HM leaders are in a unique position to influence how these systems take root at their institutions. Here are a few tips from industry representatives:

  • Attend meetings. Bureaucratic sessions might seem technical and mundane, but they afford attendees a chance to network with the hospital leaders and IT staff who will be the main players in choosing, buying, and installing the new system. “The conversion is 80% politics and management, and 20% IT,” says Dr. Stanley, chief medical informatics officer at Cooley Dickinson in Northampton, Mass.
  • Speak up. Hospitalists must voice their concerns; you can be sure the other specialists will speak up with theirs. If you fail to speak when given the chance, administrators likely will tune out after-the-fact complaints.
  • Participate in design forums, testing, and feedback sessions. Often hospitalists say they don’t have enough time to carve out for these interactive opportunities. “But HM group leaders should look at this as their investment in the future of their practice,” says Ehab Hanna, MD, MBBch, FHM, assistant chief medical information officer at Eastern Maine Medical Center in Bangor.
  • Plan ahead. EHR implementation will come with a steep learning curve. Consider staffing a service to reduce patient encounters ahead of time, to allow physicians a chance to learn the systems with less stress and time pressure. “If you have busy hospitalists seeing 15 to 18 patients every day, and you throw in this new CPOE, it’s not going to work,” says Dr. Yu of Decatur Memorial Hospital.—RQ

 

 

Proactive Approach

Obama has pushed EHR implementation as one of many solutions to the skyrocketing costs of healthcare, saying earlier this year that he is committed to “the immediate investments necessary to ensure that within five years, all of America’s medical records are computerized.” Even so, the EHR upgrade remains only a grand outline, one missing the details that will determine the future. There is time, of course. The first funding through the stimulus bill won’t be available until next summer.

Dr. Blumenthal’s office is crafting an interoperability plan in combination with a pair of still-forming advisory boards: a health information policy committee and a health standards committee. The stimulus bill also promises increased federal reimbursement payments for hospitals with meaningful use of certified EHR. First, the government has to define what is meaningful and, as Dr. Stanley points out, the definition will have different meanings to different sectors of the $2.2 trillion-per-year healthcare industry.

Once those definitions are set, there is a timetable for additional reimbursement and a one-time bonus of $2 million for institutions that implement “meaningful use.” There also will be escalating Medicare penalties for institutions that fail to show the kind of technological progress federal officials are looking for.

But even if those standards are set, it doesn’t guarantee hospitals will buy the technology that vendors are selling. Many in the HM field argue that the next step is the most important one.

“Physician adoption of electronic health records is the central, critical issue this industry is facing over the next few years,” says Todd Johnson, president of Salar Inc., a Baltimore-based firm that develops software applications for clinical documentation. “There are a lot of really bright people working on criteria that make electronic health records good tools. However, there doesn’t seem to be an organized body focused on the EHR adoption issues. Anybody can buy all these tools, but if you ultimately can’t get the right people to use them at the right time, the investment doesn’t yield much, right?”

Johnson, who thinks the federal focus on EHR technology is a main driver behind his firm’s 25% sales growth spurt in the first six months of 2009, says physicians have to be a driving force in the EMR implementation process or the system will fail. Take the industry’s classic cautionary tale: Cedars-Sinai Medical Center in Los Angeles. The oft-innovative institution made national headlines in 2002 when it scrapped a three-month-old, $34 million computerized physician order entry (CPOE) system after more than 400 doctors demanded it be shelved.

“The right thing to do is really steer the discussion to physician adoption,” Johnson says. “Make sure that physicians have a choice. Every hospital—and rightly so—wants to see the benefit of their investment in electronic medical records. If physicians don’t have a voice in what will or won’t work, purchasing decisions will be made without them. And that’s not a great thing. Hospital leadership needs to be cognizant of that.”

Dr. Stanley thinks hospitalists should take a proactive approach to EHR implementation at their hospitals. Many potential issues could be solved if hospitalists take an active role earlier in the process.

“As tedious as those early meetings are,” Dr. Stanley says, “that’s where the big planning and decisions get made. The problem is most people think of it as tedious and boring because they don’t appreciate the technology.”

By the Numbers

Highlights of President Obama’s push to goad more hospitals toward comprehensive EHR systems, as summed up in an outline in the May issue of Archives of Internal Medicine by David Liebovitz, MD, chief medical information officer, Northwestern Medical Faculty Foundation, and medical director of clinical information systems, Northwestern Memorial Hospital in Chicago:3

Office of the National Coordinator of Health Information Technology

  • Expanded by statute, awaiting input from two committees that are still forming (Health Information Policy and Healthy Information Standards);
  • $2 billion for supporting development of EHR through grants and loans to states, students, and hospitals. Workforce training money set aside and grants available for regional technology centers to help with EMR installation.

$17 billion for doctors and hospitals to adopt and use EHR

  • From 2011-2016, physicians are eligible for up to $44,000 in extra Medicare and Medicaid payments for “meaningful use” of certified EHR.
  • From 2011-2016, $2 million bonus payment to hospitals if meaningful-use standard met by 2011.
  • DRG add-ons phase out after four years.

Penalties for lack of meaningful use

  • Starting in 2015, physicians will receive a 1% reduction in their Medicare reimbursement. In 2016, the reduction will increase to 2%, and in 2017, the reduction will be 3%.
  • Also starting in 2015, hospitals will incur reductions to annual DRG updates.

 

 

What’s Ahead

Technology integration is the next step. A handful of companies offer complete EHR platforms, including industry leaders Epic, Meditech, Cerner Corp., GE Healthcare, and McKesson Corp. Specialty firms, such as Johnson’s Salar, offer ancillary and support software and hardware.

Kendall Rogers, MD, assistant professor at the University of New Mexico School of Medicine and chair of SHM’s IT Task Force, says the stimulus funding dedicated to technology will be better served if it focuses on incentives beyond hospitals. Dr. Rogers and others want to see guidelines to create incentives for IT vendors to offer user-friendly systems designed to further medical efficiency goals.

“If this needed technology was developed and proven, the needs for carrots and sticks for adoption would be far less,” Dr. Rogers and several of his peers wrote in an unpublished letter to the NEJM. “Rather than focusing primarily on adoption of systems that have serious limitations … a bill that requires improvements in existing technologies would have much more impact in improving the quality of healthcare.”

Even before that happens, full-scale implementation of these systems will be a costly project that requires a long-term relationship with a vendor. Dr. Van Gomple’s hospital system, Sentara Healthcare, has budgeted $235 million over 10 years for its EHR implementation, according to Bert Reese, senior vice president and chief information officer. His accountants tell him to expect roughly $50 million to be subsidized by the stimulus package. The money is helpful, but not enough for a hospital or system that still needs to find another $185 million.

“The stimulus is nice to get things going,” Reese says. “But if you as an organization think that will cover the cost, you’ll never get going.”

Reese says Sentara’s return on investment at full implementation—roughly five years from now—will be about $35 million per year in savings. He suggests organizations view the investment through a long-term profit goal in order to show the value over an extended timeframe. Otherwise, some C-suites will be scared off by the initial outlay, failing to see the value of efficiency, cost savings, and improved patient care.

“It’s not an IT project,” Reese says. “It’s a clinical project.” TH

Richard Quinn is a freelance writer based in New Jersey.

References

  1. Hamel MB, Drazen JM, Epstein AM. The growth of hospitalists and the changing face of primary care. N Engl J Med. 2009;360(11):1141-1143.
  2. Blumenthal D. Stimulating the adoption of health information technology. N Engl J Med. 2009;360(15):1477-1479.
  3. Liebovitz, D. Health care information technology: a cloud around the silver lining? Arch Intern Med. 2009;169(10):924-926.

Image Source: ILLUSTRATION / ALICIA BUELOW

EHR Upgrade Faces Privacy, Communication Obstacles

Not surprisingly, money is often the hurdle mentioned first by hospitalists and hospital administrators when the topic turns to electronic health record (EHR) implementation. But as President Obama presses his vision of a more technologically efficient U.S. healthcare system, obstacles abound: security concerns, privacy guarantees spelled out in the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act, and interoperability issues when disparate systems from different vendors attempt to interact.

“Security and privacy are critical issues,” says Todd Johnson, president of Salar Inc. “[They] sit at the center of the debate on how you structure the entire national health record infrastructure.”

Johnson says vendors will ensure the integrity of information by falling in line with the Office of the National Coordinator of Health Information Technology (ONCHIT), which is tasked with creating standardized safety rules to allow broad, secure EHR access. David Blumenthal, MD, MPP, director of ONCHIT, says new rules extend privacy regulations to “health information vendors not previously covered by the law, including businesses such as Google and Microsoft, when they partner with healthcare providers to create personal health records for patients. It requires healthcare organizations to promptly notify patients when personal health data have been compromised, and it limits the commercial use of such information.”2

Most hospitalists and technology administrators agree that the interoperability problems—one hospital EHR system’s ability to communicate with all other EHR systems—could stymie EHR growth. Most industry leaders argue the hurdles are surmountable.

“We use the same security standards as banks, though it is a lot more profitable to steal money than to steal medical records,” says Ehab Hanna, MD, MBBch, FHM, assistant chief medical information officer at Eastern Maine Medical Center in Bangor. “[EHR] are more secure than the paper records, because there was never an effective way to prevent or monitor any unauthorized access or copying of the paper record. We can do that in the electronic world.”—RQ

Issue
The Hospitalist - 2009(09)
Issue
The Hospitalist - 2009(09)
Publications
Publications
Article Type
Display Headline
Digital Dilemma
Display Headline
Digital Dilemma
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)